Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Optimization

1,666 missions · 893 completed

Missions

Open773Completed893All1666
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: Shuze Chen

Introduction to Linear Optimization VII: Cones, Extreme Rays, and the Resolution TheoremTextbook

How can an unbounded polyhedron be described by finitely many geometric objects? Sections 4.8-4.9 of Bertsimas-Tsitsiklis build the cone machinery: recession cones {d∣Ad≥0}\{d \mid Ad \ge 0\}{d∣Ad≥0} and their rays, extreme rays (defined, like basic solutions, by n−1n-1n−1 linearly independent active constraints), the pointedness criterion (Theorem 4.12: 000 is an extreme point of a polyhedral cone iff the cone contains no line iff nnn of the constraint vectors are linearly independent), and the characterization of unbounded linear programs (Theorems 4.13-4.14: over a pointed polyhedral cone, and then over any polyhedron with an extreme point, the optimal cost is −∞-\infty−∞ iff some extreme ray ddd has c′d<0c'd < 0c′d<0). The capstone is the resolution theorem (Theorem 4.15): a nonempty polyhedron PPP with at least one extreme point equals Q={∑iλixi+∑jθjwj∣λi≥0,θj≥0,∑iλi=1}Q = \{\sum_i \lambda_i x^i + \sum_j \theta_j w^j \mid \lambda_i \ge 0, \theta_j \ge 0, \sum_i \lambda_i = 1\}Q={∑i​λi​xi+∑j​θj​wj∣λi​≥0,θj​≥0,∑i​λi​=1} — the convex hull of its extreme points plus the cone generated by a complete set of its extreme rays. It specializes to Theorem 2.9 / Corollary 4.4 (a nonempty bounded polyhedron is the convex hull of its extreme points) and Corollary 4.5 (a pointed polyhedral cone is generated by its extreme rays). The converse, Theorem 4.16, states that every finitely generated set is a polyhedron — in particular the convex hull of finitely many vectors is a polyhedron. Together these form the Minkowski-Weyl equivalence of the two representations of polyhedra, verified absent from Mathlib and the genuine content of this mission.

21 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchStatistics·Captain: Shuze Chen

Matrix Completion has No Spurious Local MinimumResearch Paper

Matrix completion — recovering a low-rank matrix M=ZZ⊤M = ZZ^\topM=ZZ⊤ from a small random subset of its entries — powers recommender systems and collaborative filtering. In practice it is solved by running (stochastic) gradient descent on the non-convex objective

f(X)=min⁡X12∥PΩ(M−XX⊤)∥F2+λR(X)f(X)=\min_X\frac12\|P_\Omega(M-XX^\top)\|_F^2+\lambda R(X)f(X)=Xmin​21​∥PΩ​(M−XX⊤)∥F2​+λR(X)

where Ω={(i,j)∣Mi,j is observed}\Omega=\{(i,j)|M_{i,j} \text{ is observed}\}Ω={(i,j)∣Mi,j​ is observed} and R(X)R(X)R(X) is a certain regularizer. from a random starting point, and it just works.

Ge, Lee and Ma (NeurIPS 2016 Best student paper award) explained why: the regularized objective has no spurious local minima — every local minimum is global and exactly recovers MMM. This mission formalizes that landmark theorem in Lean 4, in its strongest known form and along its simplest known proof: the unified landscape analysis of Ge–Jin–Zheng (ICML 2017) and an improved sampling bound in Chen–Li (JMLR 2019). Conditional on an explicit good-sample predicate (which holds with high probability under Bernoulli sampling), every local minimum XXX of fff satisfies XX⊤=ZZ⊤XX^\top = ZZ^\topXX⊤=ZZ⊤.

14 thms4 active users
🏆Completed
Number TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Integer Factorization: Why Two-Item Joint Replenishment Is Hard 2: For Odd Composite M, Every Optimal Plan of an Explicit Two-Item Periodic JRP Instance Has q₂ = M and 1 < gcd(q₁, M) < MResearch Paper

Motivation

The joint replenishment problem (JRP) is a basic model of inventory coordination: several items are ordered from one supplier, each item pays its own ordering and holding costs, and an additional item-independent joint ordering cost rewards ordering the items at common times. Two accounting conventions are studied. In the periodic JRP (also called the general integer model; see the survey of Goyal and Satir, 1989) the joint cost is charged at every point of a common grid, whether or not an item is ordered there; in the aperiodic JRP it is charged only at actual order times.

For decades the literature produced heuristics and enumerative algorithms for the JRP without a polynomial-time exact algorithm and without evidence that none exists. Schulz and Telha (arXiv:2007.09045v1; published in Operations Research, 2024, as Integer Factorization: Why Two-Item Joint Replenishment Is Hard) showed that already the two-item problem is at least as hard as integer factorization, in both variants. For the periodic JRP the paper notes (p. 10): "No hardness results were previously known for the periodic JRP."

Timeline, as recorded in the paper (pp. 4–5):

  • 2011: Schulz and Telha announce that the two-item aperiodic JRP is at least as hard as integer factorization (Theorem 1(a)).
  • 2018: Cohen-Hillel and Yedidsion prove that the aperiodic JRP with an arbitrary number of items is strongly NP-hard.
  • 2020: the preprint arXiv:2007.09045v1 adds the periodic case (Theorem 1(b), via Lemma 2, the subject of this mission) and, assuming the Riemann hypothesis, NP-hardness of the two-item periodic JRP under randomized reductions (Theorem 2).

Setting

An item with ordering cost K≥0K \ge 0K≥0 and holding cost H≥0H \ge 0H≥0, replenished every qqq time units, where qqq is a positive integer, has the EOQ cost

EOQK,H(q)=Kq+Hq.\mathrm{EOQ}_{K,H}(q) = \frac{K}{q} + Hq .EOQK,H​(q)=qK​+Hq.

In the two-item periodic JRP, item i∈{1,2}i \in \{1,2\}i∈{1,2} has parameters (Ki,Hi)(K_i, H_i)(Ki​,Hi​) and an integer period qi≥1q_i \ge 1qi​≥1, and a joint ordering cost K0>0K_0 > 0K0​>0 is incurred every ρ\rhoρ time units, where ρ\rhoρ divides both periods. At an optimum ρ=gcd⁡(q1,q2)\rho = \gcd(q_1,q_2)ρ=gcd(q1​,q2​), and the problem is to minimize objective (3) of the paper,

JRP(q1,q2)=EOQK1,H1(q1)+EOQK2,H2(q2)+K0gcd⁡(q1,q2),q1,q2∈Z+.\mathrm{JRP}(q_1,q_2) = \mathrm{EOQ}_{K_1,H_1}(q_1) + \mathrm{EOQ}_{K_2,H_2}(q_2) + \frac{K_0}{\gcd(q_1,q_2)}, \qquad q_1,q_2 \in \mathbb{Z}^+ .JRP(q1​,q2​)=EOQK1​,H1​​(q1​)+EOQK2​,H2​​(q2​)+gcd(q1​,q2​)K0​​,q1​,q2​∈Z+.

An optimal solution is a pair of positive integers whose value is at most the value of every pair of positive integers.

Given a natural number MMM, the instance of Lemma 2 is

K0=M,K1=0,H1=1,H2=M(M+1),K2=M3(M+1),K_0 = M,\quad K_1 = 0,\quad H_1 = 1,\quad H_2 = M(M+1),\quad K_2 = M^3(M+1),K0​=M,K1​=0,H1​=1,H2​=M(M+1),K2​=M3(M+1),

with objective written JRPM\mathrm{JRP}_MJRPM​ and item 2's cost EOQ2(q)=K2/q+H2q\mathrm{EOQ}_2(q) = K_2/q + H_2 qEOQ2​(q)=K2​/q+H2​q. Fixing q2=Mq_2 = Mq2​=M leaves the single-variable problem (4):

min⁡ Mgcd⁡(q,M)+qs.t. q∈Z+.\min\ \frac{M}{\gcd(q,M)} + q \quad \text{s.t. } q \in \mathbb{Z}^+ .min gcd(q,M)M​+qs.t. q∈Z+.

An odd composite number is an odd integer M>1M > 1M>1 that is not prime.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 2 (p. 11)

For every odd composite MMM: the coefficients of the instance above satisfy K0>0K_0 > 0K0​>0 and are natural numbers at most M5M^5M5; the instance has an optimal solution; and every optimal solution (q1,q2)(q_1,q_2)(q1​,q2​) satisfies

q2=Mand1<gcd⁡(q1,M)<M.q_2 = M \quad\text{and}\quad 1 < \gcd(q_1, M) < M .q2​=Mand1<gcd(q1​,M)<M.

The goal does not say which non-trivial divisor gcd⁡(q1,M)\gcd(q_1,M)gcd(q1​,M) is: optimal solutions need not be unique (for M=15M = 15M=15 both q1=3q_1 = 3q1​=3 and q1=5q_1 = 5q1​=5 are optimal).

Milestones (proof of Lemma 2, pp. 11–12)

  1. For q2≠Mq_2 \ne Mq2​=M: EOQ2(q2)≥EOQ2(M±1)=EOQ2(M)+H2M±1≥EOQ2(M)+M\mathrm{EOQ}_2(q_2) \ge \mathrm{EOQ}_2(M \pm 1) = \mathrm{EOQ}_2(M) + \frac{H_2}{M\pm 1} \ge \mathrm{EOQ}_2(M) + MEOQ2​(q2​)≥EOQ2​(M±1)=EOQ2​(M)+M±1H2​​≥EOQ2​(M)+M.
  2. For q2≠Mq_2 \ne Mq2​=M: JRPM(q1,q2)>M+EOQ2(M)+1=JRPM(M,M)\mathrm{JRP}_M(q_1,q_2) > M + \mathrm{EOQ}_2(M) + 1 = \mathrm{JRP}_M(M,M)JRPM​(q1​,q2​)>M+EOQ2​(M)+1=JRPM​(M,M).
  3. With q2=Mq_2 = Mq2​=M the instance reduces to problem (4): JRPM(q1,M)=EOQ2(M)+Mgcd⁡(q1,M)+q1\mathrm{JRP}_M(q_1,M) = \mathrm{EOQ}_2(M) + \frac{M}{\gcd(q_1,M)} + q_1JRPM​(q1​,M)=EOQ2​(M)+gcd(q1​,M)M​+q1​.
  4. An odd composite MMM has a divisor ppp with 3≤p≤M/33 \le p \le M/33≤p≤M/3.
  5. For such ppp: Mgcd⁡(p,M)+p≤2M3\frac{M}{\gcd(p,M)} + p \le \frac{2M}{3}gcd(p,M)M​+p≤32M​.
  6. If gcd⁡(q,M)=1\gcd(q,M) = 1gcd(q,M)=1 or gcd⁡(q,M)=M\gcd(q,M) = Mgcd(q,M)=M, then Mgcd⁡(q,M)+q≥M\frac{M}{\gcd(q,M)} + q \ge Mgcd(q,M)M​+q≥M.

Significance

The result. Lemma 2 says that an exact solver for the two-item periodic JRP, applied to an instance whose coefficients have size O(log⁡M)O(\log M)O(logM), returns a pair from which a non-trivial divisor of MMM is read off as gcd⁡(q1,M)\gcd(q_1, M)gcd(q1​,M). Repeating on the factors yields the full factorization, so a polynomial-time algorithm for the two-item periodic JRP would give a polynomial-time algorithm for integer factorization (Theorem 1(b), p. 12). Since the security of RSA-type cryptosystems rests on the belief that factoring is hard, the lemma explains why exact algorithms for even two items have not been found. Section 3 of the paper extends the same construction to a reduction from a range-divisor problem that is NP-complete under randomized reductions, assuming the Riemann hypothesis; that extension is a separate mission of this series.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, and the proof is short. To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. This mission produces a Lean statement of the reduction's correctness with the explicit instance, and its proof together with the intermediate steps of the paper's argument. One printed step needs a correction (milestone 4, see below), which a machine-checked proof makes explicit.

Difficulty

Two points need care. First, the claim concerns every optimal solution of a problem over all pairs of positive integers, so it needs both a global lower bound for every pair with q2≠Mq_2 \ne Mq2​=M and the existence of an optimum, which the paper does not state: the objective must be shown to attain its infimum over an infinite discrete domain. Second, the step separating non-trivial from trivial greatest common divisors depends on a divisor of a specific size: the printed claim "a non-trivial divisor ppp with 3≤p<M/33 \le p < M/33≤p<M/3" is false for M=9M = 9M=9, whose only non-trivial divisor is 3=M/33 = M/33=M/3. The corrected bound p≤M/3p \le M/3p≤M/3 still gives the value 2M/3<M2M/3 < M2M/3<M that the argument needs, but only because M≥9M \ge 9M≥9 for every odd composite MMM. A direct convexity argument for item 2 alone does not finish the proof: item 1's cost and the joint cost interact through gcd⁡(q1,q2)\gcd(q_1,q_2)gcd(q1​,q2​), which is not convex in either variable.

Formalization scope

This mission formalizes the correctness of the reduction behind Theorem 1(b); polynomial running time is not formalized. Theorem 1(b) itself, the recursion that turns one divisor into a full factorization, primality testing, and the treatment of even MMM (p. 10) are not stated.

Conventions committed to:

  • Periods are natural numbers cast to R\mathbb{R}R, and every optimality notion and every milestone ranges over positive periods only, because in Lean K/0=0K/0 = 0K/0=0 and gcd⁡(0,M)=M\gcd(0, M) = Mgcd(0,M)=M.
  • Costs are real numbers; the coefficients of the instance are natural-number expressions in MMM.
  • Objective (3) is the model and is defined directly; the derivation ρ=gcd⁡(q1,q2)\rho = \gcd(q_1,q_2)ρ=gcd(q1​,q2​) (p. 10, with B=1B = 1B=1) is not formalized.
  • "Odd composite" is encoded as Odd M ∧ 1 < M ∧ ¬ M.Prime.
  • "The size of the coefficients is at most 5log⁡(M)5\log(M)5log(M)" is stated as "every coefficient is at most M5M^5M5".

Disclosed differences from the printed lemma: the goal names the explicit instance of the proof's first sentence instead of "there is an instance" (a stronger statement); it adds the existence of an optimal solution, so that "every optimal solution satisfies …" is not vacuous; and milestone 4 uses p≤M/3p \le M/3p≤M/3 in place of the printed p<M/3p < M/3p<M/3. Milestones 1–3 and 6 are stated for every MMM with M≥2M \ge 2M≥2 (or every MMM), which contains the paper's case. A formalization with an existential instance, an unattained or empty set of optima, or periods allowed to be 000 would make the goal trivial or wrong; all three are excluded.

Infrastructure: the definitions (EOQ cost, objective (3), optimality over positive integer pairs) are short and local to this mission; the same objects appear in the companion missions of this series under their own namespaces. Mathlib supplies Nat.gcd, Nat.minFac and Nat.minFac_sq_le_self. Proofs of any milestone are welcome independently; the existence of an optimum is the one ingredient not present among the milestones.

Selected references

  • A. S. Schulz and C. Telha, Integer factorization and Riemann's hypothesis: Why two-item joint replenishment is hard, arXiv preprint, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2007.09045v1 (published as Integer Factorization: Why Two-Item Joint Replenishment Is Hard, Operations Research, 2024).
  • S. K. Goyal and A. T. Satir, Joint replenishment inventory control: Deterministic and stochastic models, European Journal of Operational Research 38(1):2–13, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1016/0377-2217(89)90463-3
  • T. Cohen-Hillel and L. Yedidsion, The periodic joint replenishment problem is strongly NP-hard, Mathematics of Operations Research 43(4):1269–1289, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2017.0904
  • F. W. Harris, How many parts to make at once, Factory, The Magazine of Management 10(2):135–136, 152, 1913; reprinted in Operations Research 38(6):947–950, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.38.6.947
  • M. Agrawal, N. Kayal and N. Saxena, PRIMES is in P, Annals of Mathematics 160(2):781–793, 2004. https://doi.org/10.4007/annals.2004.160.781
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Control TheoryConvex OptimizationLinear algebra·Captain: mikedeng1

Quadratic Matrix Inequalities with Applications to Data-Based Control III: Petersen's Lemma Recovered from the Matrix S-LemmasResearch Paper

Motivation

Robust control repeatedly meets linear matrix inequalities that must hold for every value of an unknown, norm-bounded matrix. A typical instance is

C+EFG+G⊤F⊤E⊤<0for all F with F⊤F⩽Fˉ,C + EFG + G^\top F^\top E^\top < 0 \quad\text{for all } F \text{ with } F^\top F \leqslant \bar F,C+EFG+G⊤F⊤E⊤<0for all F with F⊤F⩽Fˉ,

where FFF collects model uncertainty or noise. Such a condition quantifies over infinitely many matrices and cannot be checked directly. Petersen's lemma (Petersen and Hollot, Automatica 1986; Petersen, Systems & Control Letters 1987) replaces it by a single inequality in one scalar multiplier λ>0\lambda>0λ>0. The lemma is a standard tool in the design of quadratically stabilizing controllers for uncertain systems, and it was recently used for controller design from noisy data (Bisoffi, De Persis and Tesi, arXiv:2109.12175).

H. J. van Waarde, M. K. Camlibel, J. Eising and H. L. Trentelman (arXiv:2203.12959v3, 2023; SIAM J. Control Optim.) develop a theory of quadratic matrix inequalities (QMIs) and prove matrix versions of the S-lemma. In §4.5.3 they show that both the strict and the non-strict Petersen lemma follow from their matrix S-lemmas (Theorems 4.10 and 4.7) by a suitable choice of the two quadratic forms. This mission formalizes that derivation.

Timeline. Petersen and Hollot (1986) and Petersen (1987) state the lemma for stabilization of uncertain linear systems. Bisoffi, De Persis and Tesi (arXiv 2021) use strict and non-strict versions for data-driven stabilization. van Waarde, Camlibel, Eising and Trentelman (2023, Proposition 4.16) recover both versions from matrix S-lemmas.

Setting

All matrices are real. For a symmetric matrix AAA, A⩾0A \geqslant 0A⩾0 (A>0A>0A>0) means positive semidefinite (definite), and A⩽BA \leqslant BA⩽B means B−A⩾0B-A\geqslant0B−A⩾0; the notation includes symmetry. A†A^\daggerA† is the Moore–Penrose pseudo-inverse and Fˉ1/2\bar F^{1/2}Fˉ1/2 the positive semidefinite square root of Fˉ⩾0\bar F\geqslant0Fˉ⩾0.

Quadratic matrix inequalities. A symmetric Π∈Sq+r\Pi \in \mathbb S^{q+r}Π∈Sq+r is partitioned into blocks Π11\Pi_{11}Π11​ (q×qq\times qq×q), Π12\Pi_{12}Π12​, Π21\Pi_{21}Π21​, Π22\Pi_{22}Π22​ (r×rr\times rr×r). Its solution sets are

Zr(Π)={Z∈Rr×q:[IqZ]⊤Π[IqZ]⩾0},\mathcal Z_r(\Pi)=\Big\{Z\in\mathbb R^{r\times q}: \begin{bmatrix}I_q\\ Z\end{bmatrix}^\top \Pi \begin{bmatrix}I_q\\ Z\end{bmatrix}\geqslant 0\Big\},Zr​(Π)={Z∈Rr×q:[Iq​Z​]⊤Π[Iq​Z​]⩾0},

and Zr+(Π)\mathcal Z_r^+(\Pi)Zr+​(Π) is defined in the same way with >0>0>0. The generalized Schur complement is Π ∣ Π22=Π11−Π12Π22†Π21\Pi\,|\,\Pi_{22}=\Pi_{11}-\Pi_{12}\Pi_{22}^\dagger\Pi_{21}Π∣Π22​=Π11​−Π12​Π22†​Π21​, and the class Πq,r\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}Πq,r​ consists of the Π\PiΠ with Π22⩽0\Pi_{22}\leqslant0Π22​⩽0, Π ∣ Π22⩾0\Pi\,|\,\Pi_{22}\geqslant0Π∣Π22​⩾0 and ker⁡Π22⊆ker⁡Π12\ker\Pi_{22}\subseteq\ker\Pi_{12}kerΠ22​⊆kerΠ12​.

Petersen's data. Fix C∈Rn×nC\in\mathbb R^{n\times n}C∈Rn×n symmetric, E∈Rn×pE\in\mathbb R^{n\times p}E∈Rn×p, Fˉ∈Rq×q\bar F\in\mathbb R^{q\times q}Fˉ∈Rq×q with Fˉ⩾0\bar F\geqslant0Fˉ⩾0, and G∈Rq×nG\in\mathbb R^{q\times n}G∈Rq×n. The uncertainty set is F={F∈Rp×q:F⊤F⩽Fˉ}\mathcal F=\{F\in\mathbb R^{p\times q}: F^\top F\leqslant\bar F\}F={F∈Rp×q:F⊤F⩽Fˉ}. Display (4.17) defines

M=[−C−E−E⊤0],N=[G⊤FˉG00−I].M=\begin{bmatrix}-C&-E\\-E^\top&0\end{bmatrix},\qquad N=\begin{bmatrix}G^\top\bar FG&0\\0&-I\end{bmatrix}.M=[−C−E⊤​−E0​],N=[G⊤FˉG0​0−I​].

In this proposition the letters q,rq,rq,r of the QMI section become n,pn,pn,p, so Zp(N)⊆Rp×n\mathcal Z_p(N)\subseteq\mathbb R^{p\times n}Zp​(N)⊆Rp×n.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.16 (Petersen's lemma)

(a) The robust strict inequality holds if and only if a single multiplier exists:

(∀F∈F: C+EFG+G⊤F⊤E⊤<0)  ⟺  ∃ λ>0: C+λEE⊤+λ−1G⊤FˉG<0.\big(\forall F\in\mathcal F:\ C+EFG+G^\top F^\top E^\top<0\big)\iff \exists\,\lambda>0:\ C+\lambda EE^\top+\lambda^{-1}G^\top\bar FG<0.(∀F∈F: C+EFG+G⊤F⊤E⊤<0)⟺∃λ>0: C+λEE⊤+λ−1G⊤FˉG<0.

(b) If E≠0E\neq0E=0, Fˉ>0\bar F>0Fˉ>0 and G≠0G\neq0G=0, the same equivalence holds with ⩽0\leqslant 0⩽0 in place of <0<0<0 on both sides.

Milestones

  1. Lemma A.1 (p. 26): A⊤A⩽B⊤BA^\top A\leqslant B^\top BA⊤A⩽B⊤B if and only if A=SBA=SBA=SB for some contraction SSS (S⊤S⩽IS^\top S\leqslant IS⊤S⩽I); the strict version under full column rank of BBB; and S=AB†S=AB^\daggerS=AB† is such a factor.
  2. Set identity (p. 17): {FG:F∈F}={SFˉ1/2G:S⊤S⩽I}={H:H⊤H⩽G⊤FˉG}\{FG: F\in\mathcal F\}=\{S\bar F^{1/2}G: S^\top S\leqslant I\}=\{H: H^\top H\leqslant G^\top\bar FG\}{FG:F∈F}={SFˉ1/2G:S⊤S⩽I}={H:H⊤H⩽G⊤FˉG}.
  3. Reformulation (4.17) (p. 17): the strict robust inequality is Zp(N)⊆Zp+(M)\mathcal Z_p(N)\subseteq\mathcal Z_p^+(M)Zp​(N)⊆Zp+​(M), the non-strict one is Zp(N)⊆Zp(M)\mathcal Z_p(N)\subseteq\mathcal Z_p(M)Zp​(N)⊆Zp​(M), and N∈Πn,pN\in\boldsymbol\Pi_{n,p}N∈Πn,p​ with N22<0N_{22}<0N22​<0.
  4. Theorem 4.10 (strict matrix S-lemma, p. 13): for N∈Πq,rN\in\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}N∈Πq,r​ with N22<0N_{22}<0N22​<0, Zr(N)⊆Zr+(M)\mathcal Z_r(N)\subseteq\mathcal Z_r^+(M)Zr​(N)⊆Zr+​(M) iff M−αN>0M-\alpha N>0M−αN>0 for some α⩾0\alpha\geqslant0α⩾0.
  5. Theorem 4.7 (matrix S-lemma, p. 12): for N∈Πq,rN\in\boldsymbol\Pi_{q,r}N∈Πq,r​ with a positive eigenvalue, Zr(N)⊆Zr(M)\mathcal Z_r(N)\subseteq\mathcal Z_r(M)Zr​(N)⊆Zr​(M) iff M−αN⩾0M-\alpha N\geqslant0M−αN⩾0 for some α⩾0\alpha\geqslant0α⩾0.
  6. Schur-complement step (p. 17): for α>0\alpha>0α>0, M−αN>0M-\alpha N>0M−αN>0 iff −C−αG⊤FˉG−α−1EE⊤>0-C-\alpha G^\top\bar FG-\alpha^{-1}EE^\top>0−C−αG⊤FˉG−α−1EE⊤>0, together with the non-strict analogue.
  7. Slater condition (p. 17): Fˉ>0\bar F>0Fˉ>0 and G≠0G\neq0G=0 imply that NNN has a positive eigenvalue.

Significance

The result itself. Petersen's lemma converts a semi-infinite family of matrix inequalities into one inequality that is jointly an LMI after a Schur complement. In controller synthesis this makes robust quadratic stabilization against norm-bounded uncertainty a convex feasibility problem. The derivation in this paper places the lemma inside a general theory: Petersen's lemma becomes the special case of the matrix S-lemmas for the pair (M,N)(M,N)(M,N) of (4.17), and the hypotheses E≠0E\neq0E=0, Fˉ>0\bar F>0Fˉ>0, G≠0G\neq0G=0 of the non-strict version become exactly the Slater condition of Theorem 4.7.

Formalizing it. All results here are proved in the paper. None of them, and no matrix S-lemma, has a machine-checked proof on this platform. The mission produces formal statements and proofs of Petersen's lemma in both forms, of the contraction factorization Lemma A.1, and of the strict and non-strict matrix S-lemmas, which are reused by the data-driven stabilization results of the same paper (Theorems 5.1 and 5.3).

Difficulty

The "if" directions are routine: a multiplier certificate yields the robust inequality by completing a square. The difficulty is the converse, which needs a lossless S-lemma for matrix-valued quadratic forms. The scalar S-lemma rests on the convexity of the joint range of two quadratic forms (Dines' theorem). It does not apply directly to matrix inequalities, and the reduction of Section 4.2 from the matrix case to the vector case is the main obstacle. A second, smaller obstacle is the non-strict case: an equivalence with ⩽0\leqslant 0⩽0 is false without a Slater-type condition, and the formal statement has to carry E≠0E\neq0E=0, Fˉ>0\bar F>0Fˉ>0 and G≠0G\neq0G=0 exactly where the paper does. Petersen's lemma does not follow from a pointwise choice of FFF. The quantifier over F\mathcal FF must first become a QMI in H=FGH=FGH=FG, which is what Lemma A.1 provides.

Formalization scope

Matrices are Mathlib Matrix over ℝ. In the goal the sizes are Fin n, Fin p, Fin q. In the S-lemmas the two block index types are arbitrary finite types, and a partitioned matrix is a matrix over the sum type. X<0X<0X<0 is (−X).PosDef and X⩽0X\leqslant0X⩽0 is (−X).PosSemidef; both include symmetry, as the paper's notation does. F⊤F⩽FˉF^\top F\leqslant\bar FF⊤F⩽Fˉ is (F̄ − FᵀF).PosSemidef. The multiplier λ\lambdaλ is required positive, so λ−1\lambda^{-1}λ−1 is the true inverse. The pseudo-inverse is the unique matrix satisfying the four Penrose conditions, selected by Hilbert's ε, and the square root is Mathlib's CFC.sqrt under the scoped matrix order. "At least one positive eigenvalue" refers to the eigenvalues of the symmetric matrix NNN. "Full column rank" is B.rank = q.

Two choices differ from a literal transcription, and both are disclosed in the items. The strict "Moreover" of Lemma A.1 carries no rank hypothesis, because A⊤A<B⊤BA^\top A<B^\top BA⊤A<B⊤B already forces full column rank. The Schur step includes its non-strict analogue, which the paper uses implicitly ("the proof of statement (b) is analogous").

A trivializing formalization is excluded. The quantifier in the goal ranges over every F∈Rp×qF\in\mathbb R^{p\times q}F∈Rp×q with F⊤F⩽FˉF^\top F\leqslant\bar FF⊤F⩽Fˉ, not over a fixed FFF or over HHH. Part (b)'s extra hypotheses are not added to part (a), and the sanity instance n=p=q=1n=p=q=1n=p=q=1, C=−3C=-3C=−3, E=G=Fˉ=1E=G=\bar F=1E=G=Fˉ=1 satisfies every hypothesis and both multiplier conditions at λ=1\lambda=1λ=1.

A complete development needs: Loewner-order calculus and Schur complements for block matrices; Moore–Penrose pseudo-inverse identities; positive semidefinite square roots; the scalar S-lemma (Dines' theorem); and the reduction from matrix to vector QMIs. The S-lemmas and Lemma A.1 are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of the auxiliary results of §4.1–4.2 (Lemmas 4.1–4.5, Theorem 4.6) as supporting theorems, are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. J. van Waarde, M. K. Camlibel, J. Eising and H. L. Trentelman, Quadratic matrix inequalities with applications to data-based control, SIAM J. Control Optim., 2023; preprint arXiv:2203.12959v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/2203.12959v3
  • I. R. Petersen, A stabilization algorithm for a class of uncertain linear systems, Systems & Control Letters 8 (1987) 351–357 (reference [35] of the paper).
  • I. R. Petersen and C. V. Hollot, A Riccati equation approach to the stabilization of uncertain linear systems, Automatica 22 (1986) 397–411 (reference [36] of the paper).
  • A. Bisoffi, C. De Persis and P. Tesi, Data-driven control via Petersen's lemma, preprint, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2109.12175
  • H. J. van Waarde, M. K. Camlibel and M. Mesbahi, From noisy data to feedback controllers: nonconservative design via a matrix S-lemma, IEEE Trans. Automat. Control 67 (2022) 162–175 (reference [54] of the paper).
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

On the tightness of SDP relaxations of QCQPs 6: For Diagonal QCQPs the SOCP and SDP Relaxations Have the Same Projected Epigraph and Optimal ValueResearch Paper

Motivation

Quadratically constrained quadratic programs (QCQPs) minimize a quadratic function subject to quadratic inequality and equality constraints. They model trust-region subproblems, robust least squares, max-cut and many problems in signal processing and control. They are NP-hard in general, so practice relies on convex relaxations, and the standard one is the Shor semidefinite (SDP) relaxation. The SDP relaxation lifts NNN variables to an (N+1)×(N+1)(N+1)\times(N+1)(N+1)×(N+1) positive semidefinite matrix, which is expensive for large NNN.

For an important subclass, the simultaneously diagonalizable QCQPs (SD-QCQPs), a much cheaper relaxation is available: after a change of variables all quadratic forms are diagonal, and the products xj2x_j^2xj2​ can be relaxed by NNN new variables yj≥xj2y_j \ge x_j^2yj​≥xj2​. This is a second-order cone (SOCP) relaxation, studied by Ben-Tal and den Hertog (2014) and Locatelli (2016) for the trust-region problem with additional constraints and related problems. Whether one may use the SOCP relaxation in place of the SDP relaxation without losing anything, for the optimal value and for the convex-hull description, is the question settled here.

This mission formalizes Proposition 1 of A. L. Wang and F. Kılınç-Karzan, On the tightness of SDP relaxations of QCQPs (Math. Program., 2021; arXiv:1911.09195v3), §4.2.1 and App. A, together with Lemma 9 of §4.2.

Setting

A QCQP (1) in NNN variables has data Ai∈SNA_i \in \mathbb{S}^NAi​∈SN, bi∈RNb_i \in \mathbb{R}^Nbi​∈RN, ci∈Rc_i \in \mathbb{R}ci​∈R for i∈[ ⁣[0,m] ⁣]i \in [\![0,m]\!]i∈[[0,m]], with m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 constraints of which the first mIm_ImI​ are inequalities. Writing qi(x)=x⊤Aix+2bi⊤x+ciq_i(x) = x^\top A_i x + 2 b_i^\top x + c_iqi​(x)=x⊤Ai​x+2bi⊤​x+ci​,

Opt=inf⁡x∈RN{q0(x):qi(x)≤0, i∈[ ⁣[mI] ⁣]; qi(x)=0, i∈[ ⁣[mI+1,m] ⁣]}.\mathrm{Opt} = \inf_{x\in\mathbb{R}^N} \bigl\{ q_0(x) : q_i(x) \le 0,\ i \in [\![m_I]\!];\ q_i(x) = 0,\ i \in [\![m_I+1,m]\!] \bigr\}.Opt=x∈RNinf​{q0​(x):qi​(x)≤0, i∈[[mI​]]; qi​(x)=0, i∈[[mI​+1,m]]}.

The SDP relaxation (3) uses Qi=(cibi⊤biAi)Q_i = \begin{pmatrix} c_i & b_i^\top \\ b_i & A_i\end{pmatrix}Qi​=(ci​bi​​bi⊤​Ai​​) and the lifted variable Y=(1x⊤xX)Y = \begin{pmatrix} 1 & x^\top \\ x & X\end{pmatrix}Y=(1x​x⊤X​) with X∈SNX \in \mathbb{S}^NX∈SN:

OptSDP=inf⁡x,X{⟨Q0,Y⟩:⟨Qi,Y⟩≤0, i∈[ ⁣[mI] ⁣]; ⟨Qi,Y⟩=0, i∈[ ⁣[mI+1,m] ⁣]; Y⪰0}.\mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SDP}} = \inf_{x, X} \bigl\{ \langle Q_0, Y\rangle : \langle Q_i, Y\rangle \le 0,\ i \in [\![m_I]\!];\ \langle Q_i, Y\rangle = 0,\ i \in [\![m_I+1,m]\!];\ Y \succeq 0 \bigr\}.OptSDP​=x,Xinf​{⟨Q0​,Y⟩:⟨Qi​,Y⟩≤0, i∈[[mI​]]; ⟨Qi​,Y⟩=0, i∈[[mI​+1,m]]; Y⪰0}.

Its projected epigraph DSDP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}}DSDP​ (4) is the set of (x,t)∈RN+1(x,t) \in \mathbb{R}^{N+1}(x,t)∈RN+1 for which some XXX satisfies these constraints together with ⟨Q0,Y⟩≤2t\langle Q_0, Y\rangle \le 2t⟨Q0​,Y⟩≤2t.

A family {Ai}i∈[ ⁣[0,m] ⁣]\{A_i\}_{i\in[\![0,m]\!]}{Ai​}i∈[[0,m]]​ is simultaneously diagonalizable (SD) if there is an invertible UUU with every U⊤AiUU^\top A_i UU⊤Ai​U diagonal (Definition 4); an SD-QCQP is a QCQP whose matrices are SD (Definition 5). Changing variables by UUU gives a diagonal QCQP (10): Ai=Diag(ai)A_i = \mathrm{Diag}(a_i)Ai​=Diag(ai​) with ai∈RNa_i \in \mathbb{R}^Nai​∈RN, so qi(x)=⟨ai,x2⟩+2⟨bi,x⟩+ciq_i(x) = \langle a_i, x^2\rangle + 2\langle b_i, x\rangle + c_iqi​(x)=⟨ai​,x2⟩+2⟨bi​,x⟩+ci​ with (x2)j=xj2(x^2)_j = x_j^2(x2)j​=xj2​. For it, the SOCP relaxation (11) is

OptSOCP=inf⁡x,y∈RN{⟨a0,y⟩+2⟨b0,x⟩+c0:⟨ai,y⟩+2⟨bi,x⟩+ci≤0 or =0; yj≥xj2 ∀j},\mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SOCP}} = \inf_{x, y\in\mathbb{R}^N} \bigl\{ \langle a_0,y\rangle + 2\langle b_0,x\rangle + c_0 : \langle a_i,y\rangle + 2\langle b_i,x\rangle + c_i \le 0 \text{ or } = 0;\ y_j \ge x_j^2\ \forall j \bigr\},OptSOCP​=x,y∈RNinf​{⟨a0​,y⟩+2⟨b0​,x⟩+c0​:⟨ai​,y⟩+2⟨bi​,x⟩+ci​≤0 or =0; yj​≥xj2​ ∀j},

and DSOCP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}DSOCP​ (12) is the set of (x,t)(x,t)(x,t) for which some yyy satisfies these constraints and ⟨a0,y⟩+2⟨b0,x⟩+c0≤2t\langle a_0,y\rangle + 2\langle b_0,x\rangle + c_0 \le 2t⟨a0​,y⟩+2⟨b0​,x⟩+c0​≤2t.

The dual set is Γ={γ∈Rm:A0+∑iγiAi⪰0, γi≥0 ∀i∈[ ⁣[mI] ⁣]}\Gamma = \{\gamma \in \mathbb{R}^m : A_0 + \sum_i \gamma_i A_i \succeq 0,\ \gamma_i \ge 0\ \forall i \in [\![m_I]\!]\}Γ={γ∈Rm:A0​+∑i​γi​Ai​⪰0, γi​≥0 ∀i∈[[mI​]]}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 1 (p. 21)

For a diagonal QCQP (10),

DSOCP=DSDPandOptSOCP=OptSDP.\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}} = \mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}} \qquad\text{and}\qquad \mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SOCP}} = \mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SDP}}.DSOCP​=DSDP​andOptSOCP​=OptSDP​.

No regularity assumption is made; both values may be +∞+\infty+∞ or −∞-\infty−∞.

Milestones (App. A, pp. 34–35)

  1. If (1x⊤xX)⪰0\begin{pmatrix} 1 & x^\top \\ x & X\end{pmatrix} \succeq 0(1x​x⊤X​)⪰0, then X⪰xx⊤X \succeq xx^\topX⪰xx⊤ and Xjj≥xj2X_{jj} \ge x_j^2Xjj​≥xj2​.
  2. DSDP⊆DSOCP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}} \subseteq \mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}DSDP​⊆DSOCP​.
  3. If yj≥xj2y_j \ge x_j^2yj​≥xj2​ for all jjj, the matrix XXX with diagonal yyy and off-diagonal entries xjxkx_jx_kxj​xk​ satisfies (1x⊤xX)⪰0\begin{pmatrix} 1 & x^\top \\ x & X\end{pmatrix} \succeq 0(1x​x⊤X​)⪰0.
  4. DSOCP⊆DSDP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}} \subseteq \mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}}DSOCP​⊆DSDP​.

Companion: Lemma 9 (p. 19)

For any SD-QCQP, Γ\GammaΓ is polyhedral.

Significance

The result. Proposition 1 transfers every SDP-tightness and convex-hull criterion to the SOCP relaxation of an SD-QCQP. The paper's main theorems give sufficient conditions for conv(D)=DSDP\mathrm{conv}(\mathcal{D}) = \mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}}conv(D)=DSDP​ and for Opt=OptSDP\mathrm{Opt} = \mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SDP}}Opt=OptSDP​ under the assumption that Γ\GammaΓ is polyhedral; Lemma 9 shows this assumption holds for every SD-QCQP, and Proposition 1 then gives the same conclusions for an SOCP with only NNN additional variables and NNN convex quadratic constraints instead of an (N+1)×(N+1)(N+1)\times(N+1)(N+1)×(N+1) semidefinite matrix (Remark 12). The value identity was first recorded by Locatelli (2016); the set identity is, according to the authors, new in the paper.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version is known. The mission produces Lean definitions of the QCQP, its Shor relaxation, its projected epigraph and the lifted SOCP relaxation that are shared with the other missions of this series on the same paper, and a checked transfer from SDP to SOCP relaxations that downstream tightness results can use.

Difficulty

The argument is short on paper; the formal work is in the matrix bookkeeping. The inclusion DSDP⊆DSOCP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}} \subseteq \mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}DSDP​⊆DSOCP​ needs a Schur complement for a block matrix whose top-left block is the scalar 111, in the block indexing Fin 1⊕Fin N\mathrm{Fin}\,1 \oplus \mathrm{Fin}\,NFin1⊕FinN, and the identity ⟨Diag(a),X⟩=⟨a,diag(X)⟩\langle \mathrm{Diag}(a), X\rangle = \langle a, \mathrm{diag}(X)\rangle⟨Diag(a),X⟩=⟨a,diag(X)⟩ inside a trace of block products. The reverse inclusion needs an explicit lifted matrix, and its positive semidefiniteness is a global property of an (N+1)×(N+1)(N+1)\times(N+1)(N+1)×(N+1) matrix that the coordinatewise inequalities yj≥xj2y_j \ge x_j^2yj​≥xj2​ do not give entry by entry. The value identity is an identity of infima in the extended reals, where either side may be ±∞\pm\infty±∞, so real arithmetic on the values is not available.

Formalization scope

  • A QCQP is a structure QCQP N m with symmetric A0,AiA_0, A_iA0​,Ai​, vectors b0,bib_0, b_ib0​,bi​, scalars c0,cic_0, c_ic0​,ci​ and mI≤mm_I \le mmI​≤m. Constraint i:Fin mi : \mathrm{Fin}\ mi:Fin m is the paper's constraint i+1i+1i+1, an inequality iff i<mIi < m_Ii<mI​.
  • OptSDP\mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SDP}}OptSDP​ and OptSOCP\mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}OptSOCP​ are infima in EReal, so infeasibility gives +∞+\infty+∞ and unboundedness −∞-\infty−∞. ⟨Q,Y⟩\langle Q, Y\rangle⟨Q,Y⟩ is tr⁡(QY)\operatorname{tr}(QY)tr(QY), and XXX in the SDP is symmetric.
  • Diagonal, not SD. The paper states Proposition 1 "for any SD-QCQP", but DSOCP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}DSOCP​ and OptSOCP\mathrm{Opt}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}OptSOCP​ are defined only after the change of variables, which §4.2.1 assumes throughout. The goal and milestones 2 and 4 therefore take vectors a0,aia_0, a_ia0​,ai​ and the hypothesis A0=Diag(a0)A_0 = \mathrm{Diag}(a_0)A0​=Diag(a0​), Ai=Diag(ai)A_i = \mathrm{Diag}(a_i)Ai​=Diag(ai​). Lemma 9 is stated for SD-QCQPs, with invertibility of UUU as IsUnit U.
  • The goal keeps the standing assumption m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 (p. 1); the milestones and Lemma 9 drop it, which makes them stronger. No Assumption 1 is made anywhere.
  • No trivializing reading: DSOCP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SOCP}}DSOCP​ is defined directly from (12) with a vector yyy, not through matrices or through DSDP\mathcal{D}_{\mathrm{SDP}}DSDP​, so the goal is a genuine comparison of two different feasible sets.
  • Polyhedral means a finite intersection of closed halfspaces.
  • Needed infrastructure: Schur complements of block matrices (Mathlib's Matrix.fromBlocks positive-semidefiniteness results), traces of block products, and EReal infima. A reusable lemma "(1x⊤xX)⪰0  ⟺  X−xx⊤⪰0\begin{pmatrix} 1 & x^\top \\ x & X\end{pmatrix} \succeq 0 \iff X - xx^\top \succeq 0(1x​x⊤X​)⪰0⟺X−xx⊤⪰0" is welcome beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • A. L. Wang, F. Kılınç-Karzan, On the tightness of SDP relaxations of QCQPs, Mathematical Programming, 2021. arXiv:1911.09195v3, doi:10.1007/s10107-020-01589-9
  • A. Ben-Tal, D. den Hertog, Hidden conic quadratic representation of some nonconvex quadratic optimization problems, Mathematical Programming 143:1–29, 2014 (reference [8] of the paper).
  • M. Locatelli, Exactness conditions for an SDP relaxation of the extended trust region problem, Optimization Letters 10(6):1141–1151, 2016 (reference [37] of the paper).
  • N. Z. Shor, Dual quadratic estimates in polynomial and boolean programming, Annals of Operations Research 25:163–168, 1990 (reference [47] of the paper).
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Functional AnalysisNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Projected Reflected Gradient Methods for Monotone Variational Inequalities 2: Under Strong Monotonicity the Projected Reflected Gradient Method Converges R-LinearlyResearch Paper

Why projection methods for variational inequalities

A variational inequality asks for a point of a convex set at which a vector field points "inward" against every feasible direction. It is the common form of convex minimization (with FFF a gradient), of saddle-point problems (with FFF the monotone operator of a convex–concave function), of Nash equilibria of convex games, of complementarity problems and of traffic and economic equilibria. Iterative methods that use only evaluations of FFF and projections onto the feasible set are the methods of choice when the problem is large, because each step is cheap.

The classical such method, the projected gradient iteration xn+1=PC(xn−λF(xn))x_{n+1}=P_C(x_n-\lambda F(x_n))xn+1​=PC​(xn​−λF(xn​)), does not converge for merely monotone FFF. Korpelevich's extragradient method (1976) does, at the price of two projections and two evaluations of FFF per step, and it is known to converge R-linearly under strong monotonicity (Tseng 1995, reference [19] of the paper). Popov (1980), Tseng (2000) and Censor–Gibali–Reich (2011) reduced the number of projections or evaluations. Yu. Malitsky's projected reflected gradient method (arXiv:1502.04968, SIAM J. Optim. 25(1), 2015, doi:10.1137/14097238X) uses one projection and one evaluation of FFF per step, evaluating FFF at the reflected point 2xn−xn−12x_n-x_{n-1}2xn​−xn−1​ instead of at xnx_nxn​. This mission formalizes the paper's second main result: under strong monotonicity the method keeps the R-linear rate of the extragradient method.

Setting

Let HHH be a real Hilbert space with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥, let C⊆HC\subseteq HC⊆H be closed and convex, and let F:H→HF:H\to HF:H→H. The metric projection PC(z)P_C(z)PC​(z) is the unique point of CCC nearest to zzz. The variational inequality (1.1) is

find x∗∈C  such that  ⟨F(x∗), x−x∗⟩ ≥ 0for all x∈C,\text{find } x^*\in C\ \text{ such that }\ \langle F(x^*),\,x-x^*\rangle\ \ge\ 0\quad\text{for all } x\in C,find x∗∈C  such that  ⟨F(x∗),x−x∗⟩ ≥ 0for all x∈C,

with solution set SSS. The paper's standing assumptions for this result are

  • (C1) S≠∅S\neq\emptysetS=∅;
  • (C2*) FFF is strongly monotone with modulus m>0m>0m>0: ⟨F(x)−F(y),x−y⟩≥m∥x−y∥2\langle F(x)-F(y),x-y\rangle\ge m\|x-y\|^2⟨F(x)−F(y),x−y⟩≥m∥x−y∥2 for all x,y∈Hx,y\in Hx,y∈H;
  • (C3) FFF is Lipschitz with constant L>0L>0L>0: ∥F(x)−F(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|F(x)-F(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥F(x)−F(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥ for all x,y∈Hx,y\in Hx,y∈H.

Algorithm 3.1 chooses x0=y0∈Hx_0=y_0\in Hx0​=y0​∈H and a step λ∈(0,(2−1)/L)\lambda\in\big(0,(\sqrt2-1)/L\big)λ∈(0,(2​−1)/L) and iterates

xn+1=PC(xn−λF(yn)),yn+1=2xn+1−xn.x_{n+1}=P_C\big(x_n-\lambda F(y_n)\big),\qquad y_{n+1}=2x_{n+1}-x_n .xn+1​=PC​(xn​−λF(yn​)),yn+1​=2xn+1​−xn​.

The Lean development names these objects proj, solSet, IsStronglyMonotoneMap, IsLipschitzMap and IsPRGRun in the namespace ProjReflGrad.Linear.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.3 (p. 6)

Under (C1), (C2*), (C3) and 0<λ<(2−1)/L0<\lambda<(\sqrt2-1)/L0<λ<(2​−1)/L, every run of Algorithm 3.1 converges to the solution zzz of (1.1) at least R-linearly:

∃ γ∈(0,1), M>0:∥xn−z∥ ≤ Mγnfor all n≥0.\exists\,\gamma\in(0,1),\ M>0:\qquad \|x_n-z\|\ \le\ M\gamma^n\quad\text{for all } n\ge0 .∃γ∈(0,1), M>0:∥xn​−z∥ ≤ Mγnfor all n≥0.

The goal fixes neither γ\gammaγ nor MMM; the proof produces them from λ\lambdaλ, LLL and mmm, but the theorem asserts only the shape of the rate.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Uniqueness (p. 6): under (C2*) the solution set has at most one point.
  2. The identity for ∥yn−z∥2\|y_n-z\|^2∥yn​−z∥2 (p. 6, via Lemma 2.5): ∥yn−z∥2=2∥xn−z∥2−∥xn−1−z∥2+2∥xn−xn−1∥2≥2∥xn−z∥2−∥xn−1−z∥2\|y_n-z\|^2=2\|x_n-z\|^2-\|x_{n-1}-z\|^2+2\|x_n-x_{n-1}\|^2\ge2\|x_n-z\|^2-\|x_{n-1}-z\|^2∥yn​−z∥2=2∥xn​−z∥2−∥xn−1​−z∥2+2∥xn​−xn−1​∥2≥2∥xn​−z∥2−∥xn−1​−z∥2.
  3. (3.8) (p. 7): the strong-monotonicity estimate at yny_nyn​ with a free modulus m1∈(0,m]m_1\in(0,m]m1​∈(0,m].
  4. (3.2) (p. 4): ∥xn+1−z∥2≤∥xn−z∥2−∥xn+1−xn∥2−2λ⟨F(yn),xn+1−z⟩\|x_{n+1}-z\|^2\le\|x_n-z\|^2-\|x_{n+1}-x_n\|^2-2\lambda\langle F(y_n),x_{n+1}-z\rangle∥xn+1​−z∥2≤∥xn​−z∥2−∥xn+1​−xn​∥2−2λ⟨F(yn​),xn+1​−z⟩.
  5. (3.4) (p. 5): 2λ⟨F(yn−1),yn−xn+1⟩≤∥xn+1−xn∥2−∥xn−yn∥2−∥xn+1−yn∥22\lambda\langle F(y_{n-1}),y_n-x_{n+1}\rangle\le\|x_{n+1}-x_n\|^2-\|x_n-y_n\|^2-\|x_{n+1}-y_n\|^22λ⟨F(yn−1​),yn​−xn+1​⟩≤∥xn+1​−xn​∥2−∥xn​−yn​∥2−∥xn+1​−yn​∥2, n≥2n\ge2n≥2.
  6. (3.5) (p. 5): the Lipschitz estimate of 2λ⟨F(yn)−F(yn−1),yn−xn+1⟩2\lambda\langle F(y_n)-F(y_{n-1}),y_n-x_{n+1}\rangle2λ⟨F(yn​)−F(yn−1​),yn​−xn+1​⟩.
  7. (3.9) (p. 7): the two-step recursion an+1+bn+1≤(1−2α)an+αan−1+βbna_{n+1}+b_{n+1}\le(1-2\alpha)a_n+\alpha a_{n-1}+\beta b_nan+1​+bn+1​≤(1−2α)an​+αan−1​+βbn​ in the iterates, with β=max⁡{λL/(1−2λL),12}\beta=\max\{\lambda L/(1-\sqrt2\lambda L),\tfrac12\}β=max{λL/(1−2​λL),21​}.
  8. Lemma 2.8 (p. 3): a nonnegative pair of sequences satisfying that recursion for all α∈(0,α0)\alpha\in(0,\alpha_0)α∈(0,α0​) has an≤γnMa_n\le\gamma^nMan​≤γnM.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.3 shows that halving the per-step cost of the extragradient method does not cost the linear rate under strong monotonicity. For strongly monotone problems (strongly convex minimization, strongly convex–strongly concave saddle points, strictly monotone games with a quadratic margin) the method therefore reaches accuracy ε\varepsilonε in O(log⁡(1/ε))O(\log(1/\varepsilon))O(log(1/ε)) iterations with one projection each, which matters when projecting onto CCC dominates the cost. The two-step recursion (3.9) and Lemma 2.8 are also a reusable template: the same mechanism gives linear rates for other methods with a memory of one past iterate.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. No machine-checked proof of it, or of its lemmas, is on the platform. A formal proof needs the projection inequality in a general real Hilbert space, a careful account of the reflected iterate, and a rigorous version of Lemma 2.8, whose printed proof leaves the range of nnn and the positivity of MMM implicit. The deliverable is a checked R-linear rate for a one-projection method in infinite dimension.

Difficulty

The natural first attempt, a contraction ∥xn+1−z∥≤q∥xn−z∥\|x_{n+1}-z\|\le q\|x_n-z\|∥xn+1​−z∥≤q∥xn​−z∥ (Q-linear convergence), is not what the paper proves and is not available: the reflected point yny_nyn​ depends on xn−1x_{n-1}xn−1​, so the error at step n+1n+1n+1 is controlled only by the errors at steps nnn and n−1n-1n−1, together with auxiliary terms ∥xn−yn−1∥2\|x_n-y_{n-1}\|^2∥xn​−yn−1​∥2 and ⟨F(z),xn−1−z⟩\langle F(z),x_{n-1}-z\rangle⟨F(z),xn−1​−z⟩. Strong monotonicity is applied at yny_nyn​, not at xnx_nxn​, and ∥yn−z∥2\|y_n-z\|^2∥yn​−z∥2 can be smaller than ∥xn−z∥2\|x_n-z\|^2∥xn​−z∥2; the lower bound 2∥xn−z∥2−∥xn−1−z∥22\|x_n-z\|^2-\|x_{n-1}-z\|^22∥xn​−z∥2−∥xn−1​−z∥2 may even be negative. The step range λ<(2−1)/L\lambda<(\sqrt2-1)/Lλ<(2​−1)/L is exactly what keeps the coefficients of the Lipschitz error terms below the gain from the projection inequality, and the resulting two-step recursion needs Lemma 2.8, with its choice of γ\gammaγ and δ\deltaδ, to yield a geometric bound.

Formalization scope

  • HHH is a general real inner product space, complete where a projection is used ([CompleteSpace H]); it is never specialized to Rn\mathbb R^nRn.
  • PCP_CPC​ is defined by choice as a nearest point, returning its argument when none exists; every statement using it assumes CCC closed, convex and nonempty (through z∈Cz\in Cz∈C, C≠∅C\neq\emptysetC=∅, or (C1)), so the junk value is never reached.
  • Runs of Algorithm 3.1 are infinite sequences without the stopping rule; a stopped run continues as a constant sequence. x0x_0x0​ is any point of HHH, as in the paper, so statements that need xn−1∈Cx_{n-1}\in Cxn−1​∈C are stated for n≥2n\ge2n≥2.
  • (C2*) and (C3) are required on all of HHH with real constants m>0m>0m>0, L>0L>0L>0 (not LipschitzWith, whose R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​ constant admits L=0L=0L=0). (C1) stays in the goal: it is the paper's assumption and its only source of C≠∅C\neq\emptysetC=∅.
  • R-linear convergence means domination by MγnM\gamma^nMγn with 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1 and M>0M>0M>0; a goal allowing γ=1\gamma=1γ=1, γ=0\gamma=0γ=0 or only an O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) bound would be a different and weaker (or trivially false) statement and is ruled out. The goal does not mention the auxiliary sequences an,bna_n,b_nan​,bn​, the constants β,m1,α0\beta,m_1,\alpha_0β,m1​,α0​, or Lemma 2.8.
  • Departures from the page are recorded in each item's Formalization Note: the ranges n≥1n\ge1n≥1/n≥2n\ge2n≥2, the range n≥1n\ge1n≥1 of (2.1) in Lemma 2.8, the proof's "Lemma 2.1" that means Lemma 2.8, and "m1m_1m1​ arbitrary in (0,m)(0,m)(0,m)" where the argument uses (0,m](0,m](0,m].
  • The projection theorem (existence and characterization of the nearest point) is the published Proved theorem VectorSpaceOpt.min_distance_convex_set, included as a reference. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in any order; Lemma 2.8 and the identity of milestone 2 are self-contained.

Selected references

  • Yu. Malitsky, Projected Reflected Gradient Methods for Monotone Variational Inequalities, SIAM J. Optim. 25(1), 2015. arXiv:1502.04968v1. https://arxiv.org/abs/1502.04968 , https://doi.org/10.1137/14097238X
  • G. M. Korpelevich, The extragradient method for finding saddle points and other problems, Ekonomika i Matematicheskie Metody 12, 747–756, 1976.
  • P. Tseng, On linear convergence of iterative methods for the variational inequality problem, J. Comput. Appl. Math. 60, 237–252, 1995.
  • L. D. Popov, A modification of the Arrow–Hurwicz method for finding saddle points, Math. Notes 28, 845–848, 1980.
  • Y. Censor, A. Gibali, S. Reich, The subgradient extragradient method for solving variational inequalities in Hilbert space, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 148, 318–335, 2011.
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Functional AnalysisNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Projected Reflected Gradient Methods for Monotone Variational Inequalities 1: The Projected Reflected Gradient Method Converges Weakly to a SolutionResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in optimization, game theory and mechanics come down to a variational inequality: find a point of a convex set at which a given vector field points "inward" against every feasible direction. Constrained convex minimization (where the field is a gradient), saddle-point problems (where it is the gradient of a convex–concave function with one sign flipped), Nash equilibria of convex games and complementarity problems are all of this form. In large-scale and infinite-dimensional settings the methods of choice are projection methods, which use only evaluations of the field and projections onto the feasible set.

The plain projected gradient iteration xn+1=PC(xn−λF(xn))x_{n+1}=P_C(x_n-\lambda F(x_n))xn+1​=PC​(xn​−λF(xn​)) does not converge for merely monotone fields: on a rotation field in the plane it spirals outward for every step size. Korpelevich's extragradient method (1976) repairs this with two field evaluations and two projections per iteration. Later methods (Tseng's forward–backward–forward method, 2000; the subgradient extragradient method of Censor, Gibali and Reich, 2011) reduce the number of projections to one, but still need two evaluations of the field.

Yu. Malitsky's paper (arXiv:1502.04968, SIAM J. Optim. 25(1), 2015, doi:10.1137/14097238X) introduces the projected reflected gradient method, which uses one projection and one field evaluation per iteration, evaluated at a "reflected" point, and proves that it converges weakly under the same assumptions as the extragradient method. This mission formalizes that convergence theorem, Theorem 3.2 of the paper.

Setting

Let HHH be a real Hilbert space with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. Let C⊆HC\subseteq HC⊆H be closed and convex, and let F:H→HF:H\to HF:H→H be a mapping. For z∈Hz\in Hz∈H, the metric projection PC(z)P_C(z)PC​(z) is the unique point of CCC nearest to zzz (it exists when CCC is nonempty). The variational inequality (1.1) asks for x∗∈Cx^*\in Cx∗∈C with

⟨F(x∗), x−x∗⟩ ≥ 0for all x∈C,\langle F(x^*),\,x-x^*\rangle\ \ge\ 0\qquad\text{for all }x\in C,⟨F(x∗),x−x∗⟩ ≥ 0for all x∈C,

and SSS denotes its solution set. The standing assumptions are:

  • (C1) SSS is nonempty;
  • (C2) FFF is monotone: ⟨F(x)−F(y),x−y⟩≥0\langle F(x)-F(y),x-y\rangle\ge0⟨F(x)−F(y),x−y⟩≥0 for all x,y∈Hx,y\in Hx,y∈H;
  • (C3) FFF is Lipschitz continuous with a constant L>0L>0L>0: ∥F(x)−F(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|F(x)-F(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥F(x)−F(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥ for all x,y∈Hx,y\in Hx,y∈H.

Algorithm 3.1 (projected reflected gradient method). Fix a step size λ∈(0,(2−1)/L)\lambda\in\big(0,(\sqrt2-1)/L\big)λ∈(0,(2​−1)/L) and a starting point x0=y0∈Hx_0=y_0\in Hx0​=y0​∈H, and iterate

xn+1=PC(xn−λF(yn)),yn+1=2xn+1−xn.x_{n+1}=P_C\big(x_n-\lambda F(y_n)\big),\qquad y_{n+1}=2x_{n+1}-x_n .xn+1​=PC​(xn​−λF(yn​)),yn+1​=2xn+1​−xn​.

The point yn+1y_{n+1}yn+1​ is the reflection of xnx_nxn​ through xn+1x_{n+1}xn+1​. A sequence (xn)(x_n)(xn​) converges weakly to x∗x^*x∗, written xn⇀x∗x_n\rightharpoonup x^*xn​⇀x∗, if ⟨xn,v⟩→⟨x∗,v⟩\langle x_n,v\rangle\to\langle x^*,v\rangle⟨xn​,v⟩→⟨x∗,v⟩ for every v∈Hv\in Hv∈H.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (p. 5)

Under (C1)–(C3), for 0<λ<(2−1)/L0<\lambda<(\sqrt2-1)/L0<λ<(2​−1)/L and every run of Algorithm 3.1 there is x∗∈Sx^*\in Sx∗∈S with

xn⇀x∗.x_n\rightharpoonup x^* .xn​⇀x∗.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. Lemma 2.1 (i), p. 3: ⟨PMx−x, y−PMx⟩≥0\langle P_Mx-x,\,y-P_Mx\rangle\ge0⟨PM​x−x,y−PM​x⟩≥0 for y∈My\in My∈M (already proved on the platform, referenced).
  2. Lemma 2.1 (ii), p. 3: ∥PMx−y∥2≤∥x−y∥2−∥x−PMx∥2\|P_Mx-y\|^2\le\|x-y\|^2-\|x-P_Mx\|^2∥PM​x−y∥2≤∥x−y∥2−∥x−PM​x∥2 for y∈My\in My∈M.
  3. Lemma 3.1, p. 4: for z∈Sz\in Sz∈S and n≥2n\ge2n≥2,
∥xn+1−z∥2≤∥xn−z∥2−(1−λL(1+2))∥xn−xn−1∥2+λL∥xn−yn−1∥2−(1−2λL)∥xn+1−yn∥2−2λ⟨F(z),yn−z⟩.\|x_{n+1}-z\|^2\le\|x_n-z\|^2-\big(1-\lambda L(1+\sqrt2)\big)\|x_n-x_{n-1}\|^2+\lambda L\|x_n-y_{n-1}\|^2-\big(1-\sqrt2\lambda L\big)\|x_{n+1}-y_n\|^2-2\lambda\langle F(z),y_n-z\rangle .∥xn+1​−z∥2≤∥xn​−z∥2−(1−λL(1+2​))∥xn​−xn−1​∥2+λL∥xn​−yn−1​∥2−(1−2​λL)∥xn+1​−yn​∥2−2λ⟨F(z),yn​−z⟩.
  1. (3.6), p. 5: the descent inequality an+1≤an−bna_{n+1}\le a_n-b_nan+1​≤an​−bn​ with an=∥xn−z∥2+λL∥xn−yn−1∥2+2λ⟨F(z),xn−1−z⟩a_n=\|x_n-z\|^2+\lambda L\|x_n-y_{n-1}\|^2+2\lambda\langle F(z),x_{n-1}-z\ranglean​=∥xn​−z∥2+λL∥xn​−yn−1​∥2+2λ⟨F(z),xn−1​−z⟩ and bn=(1−λL(1+2))∥xn−xn−1∥2b_n=(1-\lambda L(1+\sqrt2))\|x_n-x_{n-1}\|^2bn​=(1−λL(1+2​))∥xn​−xn−1​∥2.
  2. Lemma 2.7, p. 3: nonnegative sequences with an+1≤an−bna_{n+1}\le a_n-b_nan+1​≤an​−bn​ have (an)(a_n)(an​) bounded and bn→0b_n\to0bn​→0.
  3. Proof of Theorem 3.2, pp. 5–6: (xn)(x_n)(xn​) is bounded, ∥xn+1−xn∥→0\|x_{n+1}-x_n\|\to0∥xn+1​−xn​∥→0 and ∥xn+1−yn∥→0\|x_{n+1}-y_n\|\to0∥xn+1​−yn​∥→0.
  4. Lemma 2.2 (Minty), p. 3: for continuous monotone FFF, x∗∈Sx^*\in Sx∗∈S iff x∗∈Cx^*\in Cx∗∈C and ⟨F(y),y−x∗⟩≥0\langle F(y),y-x^*\rangle\ge0⟨F(y),y−x∗⟩≥0 for all y∈Cy\in Cy∈C.
  5. (3.7), p. 6: every weak cluster point of (xn)(x_n)(xn​) lies in SSS.
  6. Proof of Theorem 3.2, p. 6: for each z∈Sz\in Sz∈S, ∥xn−z∥2+2λ⟨F(z),xn−1−z⟩\|x_n-z\|^2+2\lambda\langle F(z),x_{n-1}-z\rangle∥xn​−z∥2+2λ⟨F(z),xn−1​−z⟩ converges.
  7. Lemma 2.3 (Opial), p. 3: if xn⇀xx_n\rightharpoonup xxn​⇀x and y≠xy\ne xy=x, then lim inf⁡∥xn−x∥<lim inf⁡∥xn−y∥\liminf\|x_n-x\|<\liminf\|x_n-y\|liminf∥xn​−x∥<liminf∥xn​−y∥.

Companion items, not milestones: the defined projection is the metric projection (so runs of Algorithm 3.1 exist from every starting point), Remark 2.1 (SSS is closed and convex), and the characterization of SSS as the zeros of the projected residual r(x,y)=∥y−PC(x−λF(y))∥+∥x−y∥r(x,y)=\|y-P_C(x-\lambda F(y))\|+\|x-y\|r(x,y)=∥y−PC​(x−λF(y))∥+∥x−y∥ (§3, p. 4).

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 shows that a monotone Lipschitz variational inequality in Hilbert space can be solved by an iteration costing one projection and one evaluation of FFF per step, the minimum for a projection method, with no knowledge beyond the Lipschitz constant. This halves the cost of each iteration relative to the extragradient method when evaluating FFF is expensive, and keeps the cost of projections at one when projecting onto CCC is expensive. The method and its analysis became the basis for several later algorithms, including the adaptive variant in §4 of the same paper and the golden ratio algorithm of Malitsky (2020).

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof is known to exist. The formal development needs, beyond the main argument, a usable library of facts about projections onto closed convex sets in Hilbert space, weak convergence of sequences (boundedness of weakly convergent sequences, weak sequential compactness of bounded sets) and Opial's property. These are reused by every weak-convergence proof for splitting and projection methods, and several companion missions of this series and of related papers rely on the same facts.

Difficulty

The naive Lyapunov function ∥xn−z∥2\|x_n-z\|^2∥xn​−z∥2 is not monotone along the iteration: because FFF is evaluated at the reflected point yny_nyn​ rather than at xnx_nxn​, the cross terms do not cancel as they do for the extragradient method. The quantity that does decrease (milestones 3–4) carries extra terms, and the step bound (2−1)/L(\sqrt2-1)/L(2​−1)/L is what the decrease requires. As a consequence, ∥xn−z∥\|x_n-z\|∥xn​−z∥ itself is not known to converge, so the standard Opial lemma ("if ∥xn−z∥\|x_n-z\|∥xn​−z∥ converges for every z∈Sz\in Sz∈S and all weak cluster points lie in SSS, then xnx_nxn​ converges weakly") does not apply directly; the uniqueness of the weak cluster point has to be argued with the perturbed quantity and Opial's inequality. In infinite dimension, the weak cluster point step also needs weak sequential compactness of bounded sets, which is not norm compactness.

Formalization scope

  • HHH is an arbitrary real inner product space with [CompleteSpace H] in every statement that needs completeness; it is never specialised to Rn\mathbb R^nRn, where weak and norm convergence coincide.
  • Weak convergence is stated elementarily: ⟨xn,v⟩→⟨x∗,v⟩\langle x_n,v\rangle\to\langle x^*,v\rangle⟨xn​,v⟩→⟨x∗,v⟩ for every v∈Hv\in Hv∈H. Subsequences are x∘φx\circ\varphix∘φ with φ\varphiφ strictly increasing.
  • The projection PC(z)P_C(z)PC​(z) is defined by choice as a nearest point, with the junk value zzz when none exists. Every statement that uses it assumes CCC closed, convex and nonempty (directly or through S≠∅S\ne\emptysetS=∅ or z∈Sz\in Sz∈S), and a companion item certifies that it is then the metric projection.
  • (C2) and (C3) are imposed on all of HHH, as in the paper; LLL is a real number with L>0L>0L>0, and the step range 0<λ<(2−1)/L0<\lambda<(\sqrt2-1)/L0<λ<(2​−1)/L is strict on both sides.
  • Runs of Algorithm 3.1 carry no stopping rule: a run reaching a solution xn=yn∈Sx_n=y_n\in Sxn​=yn​∈S stays constant, so infinite runs subsume stopped ones. The starting point x0x_0x0​ is any point of HHH, not necessarily in CCC; for this reason Lemma 3.1 and (3.6) are stated for n≥2n\ge2n≥2, which is the range the proof of Theorem 3.2 uses.
  • Opial's inequality is stated with liminfs in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], where they are always defined.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the goal assumes exactly (C1)–(C3), closedness and convexity of CCC and the step range, and concludes weak convergence to a point of SSS; it does not assume boundedness of the iterates, a starting point in CCC, finite dimension, or any of the intermediate estimates.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in any order; general Hilbert-space lemmas (boundedness of weakly convergent sequences via the uniform boundedness principle, weak sequential compactness of bounded sets, Opial's inequality) are useful well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • Yu. Malitsky, Projected reflected gradient methods for monotone variational inequalities, SIAM J. Optim. 25(1) (2015), 502–520. arXiv:1502.04968, doi:10.1137/14097238X
  • G. M. Korpelevich, The extragradient method for finding saddle points and other problems, Ekonomika i Matematicheskie Metody 12 (1976), 747–756.
  • P. Tseng, A modified forward-backward splitting method for maximal monotone mappings, SIAM J. Control Optim. 38(2) (2000), 431–446. doi:10.1137/S0363012998338806
  • Y. Censor, A. Gibali, S. Reich, The subgradient extragradient method for solving variational inequalities in Hilbert space, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 148 (2011), 318–335. doi:10.1007/s10957-010-9757-3
  • Z. Opial, Weak convergence of the sequence of successive approximations for nonexpansive mappings, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 73 (1967), 591–597. doi:10.1090/S0002-9904-1967-11761-0
  • H. H. Bauschke, P. L. Combettes, Convex Analysis and Monotone Operator Theory in Hilbert Spaces, 2nd ed., Springer, 2017. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-48311-5
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Joint Chance Constraints with Second-Order Moment Information II: Over Scaling Parameters, Worst-Case CVaR Is Essentially Exact for Joint Chance ConstraintsResearch Paper

Motivation

A chance constraint asks that a decision x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn satisfy uncertain inequalities with high probability. In the setting of Zymler, Kuhn and Rustem (Math. Program. 137, 2013), mmm affine inequalities yi0(x)+yi(x)⊤ξ~≤0y_i^0(x)+y_i(x)^\top\tilde\xi\le0yi0​(x)+yi​(x)⊤ξ~​≤0, whose coefficients depend affinely on xxx, must hold jointly with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ. Joint chance constraints appear wherever several safety conditions must hold at once: portfolio and network design, water reservoir operation, production planning under uncertain demand. They are hard for two reasons. Checking feasibility of a fixed xxx requires a multi-dimensional integral, and the feasible set is typically nonconvex (Prékopa 1995). Moreover the distribution of ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ is rarely known; often only its mean and covariance can be estimated.

The distributionally robust version requires the constraint for every distribution consistent with the known first and second moments. A standard tractable inner approximation replaces the probability by a worst-case Conditional Value-at-Risk (CVaR) of a single loss. For a joint constraint this needs the mmm inequalities aggregated into one loss, and the choice of aggregation decides how much is lost.

Timeline. Charnes and Cooper (1959) and Miller and Wagner (1965) introduced chance constraints; Prékopa proved convexity of joint constraints with log-concave right-hand sides. Nemirovski and Shapiro (2006) studied convex (CVaR-type) approximations. El Ghaoui, Oks and Oustry (2003) and Calafiore and El Ghaoui (2006) gave exact SDP and SOCP reformulations of individual robust chance constraints under moment information. Chen, Sim, Sun and Teo (2010) introduced scaling parameters and an SOCP approximation of joint constraints. Zymler, Kuhn and Rustem (2013) showed that the worst-case CVaR of the scaled max-loss admits an exact LMI representation and that, with the scaling parameters free, it is essentially exact.

Setting

Let ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ be a random vector in Rk\mathbb R^kRk. Fix μ∈Rk\mu\in\mathbb R^kμ∈Rk and a positive definite Σ∈Sk\Sigma\in\mathbb S^kΣ∈Sk, and let P\mathcal PP be the set of all probability measures on Rk\mathbb R^kRk with finite second moments, mean μ\muμ and covariance Σ\SigmaΣ. The second-order moment matrix is

Ω=[Σ+μμ⊤μμ⊤1].\Omega=\begin{bmatrix}\Sigma+\mu\mu^\top&\mu\\ \mu^\top&1\end{bmatrix}.Ω=[Σ+μμ⊤μ⊤​μ1​].

For a measurable loss LLL, a probability measure P\mathbb PP and ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1), the CVaR is

P-CVaRϵ(L(ξ~))=inf⁡β∈R{β+1ϵ EP((L(ξ~)−β)+)},\mathbb P\text{-}\mathrm{CVaR}_\epsilon(L(\tilde\xi))=\inf_{\beta\in\mathbb R}\Big\{\beta+\tfrac1\epsilon\,\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}\big((L(\tilde\xi)-\beta)^+\big)\Big\},P-CVaRϵ​(L(ξ~​))=β∈Rinf​{β+ϵ1​EP​((L(ξ~​)−β)+)},

and the worst-case CVaR is its supremum over P∈P\mathbb P\in\mathcal PP∈P.

The data are vectors ai0,aij∈Rna_i^0,a_i^j\in\mathbb R^nai0​,aij​∈Rn and scalars bi0,bijb_i^0,b_i^jbi0​,bij​ for i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m, j=1,…,kj=1,\dots,kj=1,…,k, with yij(x)=(aij)⊤x−bijy_i^j(x)=(a_i^j)^\top x-b_i^jyij​(x)=(aij​)⊤x−bij​ and yi(x)=[yi1(x),…,yik(x)]⊤y_i(x)=[y_i^1(x),\dots,y_i^k(x)]^\topyi​(x)=[yi1​(x),…,yik​(x)]⊤. The sets of interest are:

  • the robust joint chance constraint set XJCC={x:inf⁡P∈PP(yi0(x)+yi(x)⊤ξ~≤0 ∀i)≥1−ϵ}\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}=\{x:\inf_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P(y_i^0(x)+y_i(x)^\top\tilde\xi\le0\ \forall i)\ge1-\epsilon\}XJCC={x:infP∈P​P(yi0​(x)+yi​(x)⊤ξ~​≤0 ∀i)≥1−ϵ};
  • its strict version X∘JCC\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}_\circX∘JCC​, with every ≤0\le0≤0 replaced by <0<0<0;
  • for scaling parameters α∈A={α∈Rm:αi>0 ∀i}\alpha\in\mathcal A=\{\alpha\in\mathbb R^m:\alpha_i>0\ \forall i\}α∈A={α∈Rm:αi​>0 ∀i}, the worst-case CVaR approximation ZJCC(α)={x:J(x,α)≤0}\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}(\alpha)=\{x:\mathcal J(x,\alpha)\le0\}ZJCC(α)={x:J(x,α)≤0} with
J(x,α)=sup⁡P∈PP-CVaRϵ(max⁡i=1,…,mαi(yi0(x)+yi(x)⊤ξ~));\mathcal J(x,\alpha)=\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-}\mathrm{CVaR}_\epsilon\Big(\max_{i=1,\dots,m}\alpha_i\big(y_i^0(x)+y_i(x)^\top\tilde\xi\big)\Big);J(x,α)=P∈Psup​P-CVaRϵ​(i=1,…,mmax​αi​(yi0​(x)+yi​(x)⊤ξ~​));
  • the union ZJCC=⋃α∈AZJCC(α)\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}=\bigcup_{\alpha\in\mathcal A}\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}(\alpha)ZJCC=⋃α∈A​ZJCC(α).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.6 (p. 20)

X∘JCC⊆ZJCC⊆XJCC.\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}_\circ\subseteq\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}\subseteq\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}.X∘JCC​⊆ZJCC⊆XJCC.

The goal makes no regularity assumption on the constraint functions; it holds for all data, all m≥1m\ge1m≥1, all μ\muμ, all Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0 and all ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1).

Milestones

  1. (7), p. 6: for every measurable loss LLL, sup⁡P∈PP-CVaRϵ(L)≤0\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-}\mathrm{CVaR}_\epsilon(L)\le0supP∈P​P-CVaRϵ​(L)≤0 implies inf⁡P∈PP(L≤0)≥1−ϵ\inf_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P(L\le0)\ge1-\epsiloninfP∈P​P(L≤0)≥1−ϵ.
  2. p. 17: ZJCC(α)⊆XJCC\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}(\alpha)\subseteq\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}ZJCC(α)⊆XJCC for every α∈A\alpha\in\mathcal Aα∈A.
  3. Lemma A.1, p. 30: sup⁡P∈PEP(f+)=inf⁡{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤ 1]M[ξ⊤ 1]⊤≥f(ξ) ∀ξ}\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}(f^+)=\inf\{\langle\Omega,M\rangle:M\succeq0,\ [\xi^\top\,1]M[\xi^\top\,1]^\top\ge f(\xi)\ \forall\xi\}supP∈P​EP​(f+)=inf{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤≥f(ξ) ∀ξ} for every measurable fff.
  4. (31), p. 16: J(x,α)=inf⁡β{β+1ϵsup⁡P∈PEP([max⁡iαi(yi0(x)+yi(x)⊤ξ~)−β]+)}\mathcal J(x,\alpha)=\inf_\beta\{\beta+\frac1\epsilon\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}([\max_i\alpha_i(y_i^0(x)+y_i(x)^\top\tilde\xi)-\beta]^+)\}J(x,α)=infβ​{β+ϵ1​supP∈P​EP​([maxi​αi​(yi0​(x)+yi​(x)⊤ξ~​)−β]+)}.
  5. Theorem 3.3, p. 16: ZJCC(α)\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}(\alpha)ZJCC(α) is the set of xxx for which some (β,M)(\beta,M)(β,M) satisfies β+1ϵ⟨Ω,M⟩≤0\beta+\frac1\epsilon\langle\Omega,M\rangle\le0β+ϵ1​⟨Ω,M⟩≤0, M⪰0M\succeq0M⪰0 and the mmm LMIs
M−[012αiyi(x)12αiyi(x)⊤αiyi0(x)−β]⪰0.M-\begin{bmatrix}0&\tfrac12\alpha_iy_i(x)\\ \tfrac12\alpha_iy_i(x)^\top&\alpha_iy_i^0(x)-\beta\end{bmatrix}\succeq0 .M−[021​αi​yi​(x)⊤​21​αi​yi​(x)αi​yi0​(x)−β​]⪰0.
  1. Lemma A.2, p. 31: for every Borel S\mathcal SS, sup⁡P∈PP(ξ~∈S)=inf⁡{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤ 1]M[ξ⊤ 1]⊤≥1 ∀ξ∈S}\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P(\tilde\xi\in\mathcal S)=\inf\{\langle\Omega,M\rangle:M\succeq0,\ [\xi^\top\,1]M[\xi^\top\,1]^\top\ge1\ \forall\xi\in\mathcal S\}supP∈P​P(ξ~​∈S)=inf{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤≥1 ∀ξ∈S}.
  2. Lemma 2.2 (S-lemma), p. 8: the lossless S-procedure for one strictly feasible quadratic constraint, already proved on the platform.
  3. (40), p. 21: X∘JCC\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}_\circX∘JCC​ is the set of xxx for which some M⪰0M\succeq0M⪰0 and α>0\alpha>0α>0 satisfy ⟨Ω,M⟩≤ϵ\langle\Omega,M\rangle\le\epsilon⟨Ω,M⟩≤ϵ and the LMIs of Theorem 3.3 with β=−1\beta=-1β=−1.

Significance

The result. The worst-case CVaR approximation ZJCC(α)\mathcal Z^{\mathrm{JCC}}(\alpha)ZJCC(α) is an LMI-representable inner approximation of the robust joint chance constraint for each fixed α\alphaα (Theorem 3.3). Theorem 3.6 says that optimizing over α\alphaα loses at most the boundary between the strict and the non-strict constraint: no tractable family based on the scaled max-loss can be uniformly better. Remark 3.2 of the paper observes that, for well-specified constraints, XJCC\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}XJCC and X∘JCC\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}_\circX∘JCC​ differ by a Lebesgue-null set. Together with the inclusions of §3.3, it places the approximation at least as tight as the Bonferroni and Chen–Sim–Sun–Teo approximations and as close to XJCC\mathcal X^{\mathrm{JCC}}XJCC as the strict constraint allows; it is the reason to treat α\alphaα as a decision variable.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; nothing here is open mathematically. None of it is machine-checked. A formal proof requires moment-problem duality for the full moment set (Lemmas A.1 and A.2, which the paper sketches by citing Isii and Calafiore–El Ghaoui), a minimax interchange over a non-compact set of distributions, and the S-lemma, which is available on the platform. Each milestone is reusable: Lemmas A.1 and A.2 are the generalized Chebyshev bounds behind most of moment-based distributionally robust optimization.

Difficulty

The second inclusion is the conservativeness of CVaR, a Markov-type argument. The first inclusion is where the content lies. It requires the worst-case probability of a union of half-spaces to be an attained semidefinite program value, and an S-lemma certificate for each row. The obvious proof applies the S-lemma to every row, but the S-lemma's converse needs a strictly feasible point, which a row with yi(x)=0y_i(x)=0yi​(x)=0 lacks; such rows must be treated separately. Similarly, the SDP representations are stated as existence of a feasible point, so the infima must be shown to be attained. The interchange of the supremum over P\mathcal PP and the infimum over β\betaβ in (31) cannot cite weak compactness: P\mathcal PP is not weakly compact, since mass can escape to infinity while the second moments stay fixed.

Formalization scope

  • Rk\mathbb R^kRk is Fin k → ℝ; matrices in Sk+1\mathbb S^{k+1}Sk+1 are indexed by Fin k ⊕ Unit with the extra coordinate last; M⪰0M\succeq0M⪰0 is Matrix.PosSemidef (which includes symmetry); ⟨X,Y⟩=Tr⁡(XY)\langle X,Y\rangle=\operatorname{Tr}(XY)⟨X,Y⟩=Tr(XY).
  • P\mathcal PP consists of probability measures with every coordinate in L2L^2L2, mean μ\muμ and covariance Σ\SigmaΣ (the published MomentDRO.Conf definitions), so moments are genuine integrals.
  • CVaR, the worst-case CVaR, worst-case expectations and SDP values take values in the extended reals. The expectation of a positive part is a lower Lebesgue integral. A supremum over P\mathcal PP or an infimum over an infeasible set may be infinite.
  • Standing assumptions, carried by every theorem: Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0 and ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1) (p. 5). The theorems about the max-loss also assume m≥1m\ge1m≥1, implicit in the maximum over i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m. Milestone (7) assumes the loss measurable, as on p. 5.
  • α∈A\alpha\in\mathcal Aα∈A is componentwise strict positivity, αi>0\alpha_i>0αi​>0 for all iii, not the product-order α>0\alpha>0α>0.
  • A real-valued supremum would be 000 on an unbounded set and make "J(x,α)≤0\mathcal J(x,\alpha)\le0J(x,α)≤0" true by a junk value. The extended-real encoding rules this out, and the moment set is nonempty under Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0, so no statement holds vacuously.
  • Printed slips: the lower-left block "12αiyi⊤\tfrac12\alpha_iy_i^\top21​αi​yi⊤​" of (30) is read as 12αiyi(x)⊤\tfrac12\alpha_iy_i(x)^\top21​αi​yi​(x)⊤; "⋃α∈S\bigcup_{\alpha\in\mathcal S}⋃α∈S​" on p. 20 is read as ⋃α∈A\bigcup_{\alpha\in\mathcal A}⋃α∈A​; the index range "i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,ni=1,…,n" on p. 2 is read as i=1,…,mi=1,\dots,mi=1,…,m. The printed homogeneous S-lemma is replaced by the inhomogeneous one the proofs use.
  • Contributions welcome: the moment-duality lemmas, the minimax interchange (31), attainment of the SDP infima, and the degenerate-row case of (40).

Selected references

  • S. Zymler, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Distributionally robust joint chance constraints with second-order moment information, Math. Program. 137 (2013) 167–198. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0494-7
  • W. Chen, M. Sim, J. Sun, C.-P. Teo, From CVaR to uncertainty set: implications in joint chance-constrained optimization, Oper. Res. 58 (2010) 470–485. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0712
  • G. Calafiore, L. El Ghaoui, On distributionally robust chance-constrained linear programs, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 130 (2006) 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-006-9084-x
  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks, F. Oustry, Worst-case value-at-risk and robust portfolio optimization: a conic programming approach, Oper. Res. 51 (2003) 543–556. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Shapiro, Convex approximations of chance constrained programs, SIAM J. Optim. 17 (2006) 969–996. https://doi.org/10.1137/050622328
  • R. T. Rockafellar, S. Uryasev, Optimization of conditional value-at-risk, J. Risk 2 (2000) 21–41. https://doi.org/10.21314/JOR.2000.038
  • A. Prékopa, Stochastic Programming, Kluwer, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-017-3087-7
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributionally Robust Joint Chance Constraints with Second-Order Moment Information I: Worst-Case CVaR Is Exact for Individual Chance Constraints with Concave or Quadratic LossesResearch Paper

Motivation

A chance constraint asks that an uncertain constraint hold with high probability: a decision is acceptable if the loss L(ξ~)L(\tilde\xi)L(ξ~​) it incurs is nonpositive with probability at least 1−ϵ1-\epsilon1−ϵ. Chance constraints appear in portfolio selection, power-system dispatch, inventory control and engineering design, wherever an occasional violation is tolerable but a frequent one is not. Two obstacles stand in the way of using them. The distribution of ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ is rarely known exactly, and even when it is, the feasible set of a chance constraint is in general nonconvex and hard to compute.

Distributionally robust chance constraints address the first obstacle by requiring the constraint to hold for every distribution consistent with the available information. Zymler, Kuhn and Rustem (Math. Program. 137, 2013) take that information to be the mean and the covariance of ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​. The standard way around the second obstacle is to replace the probability by the Conditional Value-at-Risk (CVaR) of Rockafellar and Uryasev (J. Risk 2, 2000): a nonpositive CVaR implies the chance constraint, and the worst-case CVaR over a moment set can be computed by semidefinite programming. The approximation is conservative, and the question this mission formalizes is when it loses nothing.

Timeline. Isii (Ann. Inst. Statist. Math. 12, 1960) established strong duality for moment problems, the basis of generalized Chebyshev bounds; Calafiore, Topcu and El Ghaoui (Systems & Control Letters 58, 2009) gave the semidefinite form of the worst-case probability of a set under mean and covariance information that the paper uses as Lemma A.2. El Ghaoui, Oks and Oustry (Oper. Res. 51, 2003) computed the worst-case Value-at-Risk of a portfolio under mean and covariance information. Calafiore and El Ghaoui (J. Optim. Theory Appl. 130, 2006) showed that a distributionally robust individual chance constraint with a loss affine in ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ is a second-order cone constraint. Zymler, Kuhn and Rustem (2013) showed that the worst-case CVaR approximation is exact for every continuous loss that is concave or quadratic in ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ (Theorem 2.2), which is the goal of this mission, and extended the approach to joint chance constraints (the companion mission II).

Setting

Let ξ~\tilde\xiξ~​ be a random vector in Rk\mathbb R^kRk. Fix a mean vector μ∈Rk\mu\in\mathbb R^kμ∈Rk and a covariance matrix Σ∈Sk\Sigma\in\mathbb S^kΣ∈Sk with Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0 (positive definite). The moment set P\mathcal PP is the set of all probability distributions P\mathbb PP on Rk\mathbb R^kRk with finite second moments, EP[ξ~]=μ\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[\tilde\xi]=\muEP​[ξ~​]=μ and EP[(ξ~−μ)(ξ~−μ)⊤]=Σ\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}[(\tilde\xi-\mu)(\tilde\xi-\mu)^\top]=\SigmaEP​[(ξ~​−μ)(ξ~​−μ)⊤]=Σ. The second-order moment matrix is

Ω=[Σ+μμ⊤μμ⊤1],\Omega=\begin{bmatrix}\Sigma+\mu\mu^\top & \mu\\ \mu^\top & 1\end{bmatrix},Ω=[Σ+μμ⊤μ⊤​μ1​],

and ⟨X,Y⟩=Tr⁡(XY)\langle X,Y\rangle=\operatorname{Tr}(XY)⟨X,Y⟩=Tr(XY) is the trace scalar product.

Fix a tolerance ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1) and a loss L:Rk→RL:\mathbb R^k\to\mathbb RL:Rk→R. Write x+=max⁡{x,0}x^+=\max\{x,0\}x+=max{x,0}. The CVaR of L(ξ~)L(\tilde\xi)L(ξ~​) under P\mathbb PP is

P-CVaRϵ(L(ξ~))=inf⁡β∈R{β+1ϵ EP((L(ξ~)−β)+)},\mathbb P\text{-}\mathrm{CVaR}_\epsilon(L(\tilde\xi))=\inf_{\beta\in\mathbb R}\Big\{\beta+\frac1\epsilon\,\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}\big((L(\tilde\xi)-\beta)^+\big)\Big\},P-CVaRϵ​(L(ξ~​))=β∈Rinf​{β+ϵ1​EP​((L(ξ~​)−β)+)},

and the worst-case CVaR is its supremum over P∈P\mathbb P\in\mathcal PP∈P. The distributionally robust individual chance constraint is inf⁡P∈PP(L(ξ~)≤0)≥1−ϵ\inf_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P(L(\tilde\xi)\le0)\ge1-\epsiloninfP∈P​P(L(ξ~​)≤0)≥1−ϵ. The worst-case Value-at-Risk is

WC-VaRϵ(L(ξ~))=inf⁡{γ∈R: inf⁡P∈PP(L(ξ~)≤γ)≥1−ϵ}.\mathrm{WC\text{-}VaR}_\epsilon(L(\tilde\xi))=\inf\Big\{\gamma\in\mathbb R:\ \inf_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\big(L(\tilde\xi)\le\gamma\big)\ge1-\epsilon\Big\}.WC-VaRϵ​(L(ξ~​))=inf{γ∈R: P∈Pinf​P(L(ξ~​)≤γ)≥1−ϵ}.

A loss is quadratic if L(ξ)=ξ⊤Qξ+q⊤ξ+q0L(\xi)=\xi^\top Q\xi+q^\top\xi+q^0L(ξ)=ξ⊤Qξ+q⊤ξ+q0, with no sign condition on QQQ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.2

For a continuous loss LLL that is either concave or (possibly nonconcave) quadratic in ξ\xiξ,

sup⁡P∈PP-CVaRϵ(L(ξ~))≤0  ⟺  inf⁡P∈PP(L(ξ~)≤0)≥1−ϵ.\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\text{-}\mathrm{CVaR}_\epsilon\big(L(\tilde\xi)\big)\le0\iff\inf_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P\big(L(\tilde\xi)\le0\big)\ge1-\epsilon .P∈Psup​P-CVaRϵ​(L(ξ~​))≤0⟺P∈Pinf​P(L(ξ~​)≤0)≥1−ϵ.

The implication from left to right holds for every loss; the content of the theorem is the converse.

Milestones

  1. (15): for every measurable LLL, the chance constraint holds iff WC-VaRϵ(L(ξ~))≤0\mathrm{WC\text{-}VaR}_\epsilon(L(\tilde\xi))\le0WC-VaRϵ​(L(ξ~​))≤0.
  2. Lemma A.2: for a Borel set S\mathcal SS, sup⁡P∈PP(ξ~∈S)=inf⁡{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤≥1 ∀ξ∈S}\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb P(\tilde\xi\in\mathcal S)=\inf\{\langle\Omega,M\rangle: M\succeq0,\ [\xi^\top 1]M[\xi^\top 1]^\top\ge1\ \forall\xi\in\mathcal S\}supP∈P​P(ξ~​∈S)=inf{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤≥1 ∀ξ∈S}.
  3. Lemma 2.1 (nonlinear Farkas lemma) for convex functions under a Slater point.
  4. Lemma 2.2 (the S\mathcal SS-lemma), through the platform's proved lossless S-procedure.
  5. (20): for the losses of Theorem 2.2,
WC-VaRϵ(L(ξ~))=inf⁡{β+1ϵ⟨Ω,M⟩: M⪰0, [ξ⊤ 1]M[ξ⊤ 1]⊤+β−L(ξ)≥0 ∀ξ}.\mathrm{WC\text{-}VaR}_\epsilon(L(\tilde\xi))=\inf\Big\{\beta+\tfrac1\epsilon\langle\Omega,M\rangle:\ M\succeq0,\ [\xi^\top\ 1]M[\xi^\top\ 1]^\top+\beta-L(\xi)\ge0\ \forall\xi\Big\}.WC-VaRϵ​(L(ξ~​))=inf{β+ϵ1​⟨Ω,M⟩: M⪰0, [ξ⊤ 1]M[ξ⊤ 1]⊤+β−L(ξ)≥0 ∀ξ}.
  1. Lemma A.1: sup⁡P∈PEP((f(ξ~))+)=inf⁡{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤≥f(ξ) ∀ξ}\sup_{\mathbb P\in\mathcal P}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((f(\tilde\xi))^+)=\inf\{\langle\Omega,M\rangle: M\succeq0,\ [\xi^\top 1]M[\xi^\top 1]^\top\ge f(\xi)\ \forall\xi\}supP∈P​EP​((f(ξ~​))+)=inf{⟨Ω,M⟩:M⪰0, [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤≥f(ξ) ∀ξ} for measurable fff.
  2. The display after (20): for the losses of Theorem 2.2, the worst-case CVaR equals inf⁡β{β+1ϵsup⁡PEP((L(ξ~)−β)+)}\inf_\beta\{\beta+\frac1\epsilon\sup_{\mathbb P}\mathbb E_{\mathbb P}((L(\tilde\xi)-\beta)^+)\}infβ​{β+ϵ1​supP​EP​((L(ξ~​)−β)+)} and the value of the program in (20).
  3. The identity of p. 9: for the losses of Theorem 2.2, the worst-case CVaR equals the worst-case VaR.

Significance

The theorem says that for concave and for quadratic losses the worst-case CVaR constraint, which is a linear matrix inequality in the decision through (20), describes exactly the feasible set of the distributionally robust chance constraint. Its affine special case (Corollary 2.1 of the paper) gives an exact semidefinite representation of robust individual chance constraints with affine dependence on the uncertainty, the case most used in robust portfolio and engineering models. The same equality between worst-case CVaR and worst-case VaR is the starting point of the paper's treatment of joint chance constraints, where an exact representation is obtained by optimizing over scaling parameters (mission II). The quadratic case covers losses such as portfolio variance terms or quadratic constraint functions, which are neither convex nor concave in general.

The results are proved in the paper, but parts of the argument are sketches. Lemmas A.1 and A.2 are strong duality theorems for moment problems that the paper cites from Isii and from Calafiore et al. rather than proves, and the interchange of supremum and infimum in the worst-case CVaR is justified by a citation to a stochastic saddle-point theorem. To our knowledge none of these results has a machine-checked proof. A formalization produces a checked moment-duality theorem with given mean and covariance, a nonlinear Farkas lemma, and a complete proof of the exactness theorem.

Difficulty

The direction from the worst-case CVaR constraint to the chance constraint is elementary. The converse cannot be obtained distribution by distribution: for a single distribution the CVaR is strictly larger than the VaR in general, and for a convex piecewise-linear loss the worst-case equivalence fails (Example 2.1 of the paper). The identity therefore depends on the specific moment set and the specific loss classes, and passes through two infinite-dimensional dualities. The moment set P\mathcal PP is not compact in the weak topology, since mass can escape to infinity while the first two moments stay fixed, so the minimax interchange in the worst-case CVaR does not follow from a standard compact minimax theorem. Lemmas A.1 and A.2 are stated for an arbitrary measurable function and an arbitrary Borel set; their strong duality uses Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0 in an essential way. Finally, the semi-infinite constraint "for all ξ\xiξ with L(ξ)>γL(\xi)>\gammaL(ξ)>γ" involves a strict inequality on a nonconvex set, and turning it into a matrix inequality is where concavity or quadraticity of LLL enters.

Formalization scope

  • Rk\mathbb R^kRk is Fin k → ℝ; matrices in Sk+1\mathbb S^{k+1}Sk+1 are indexed by Fin k ⊕ Unit with the extra coordinate last, so that [ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤[\xi^\top 1]M[\xi^\top 1]^\top[ξ⊤1]M[ξ⊤1]⊤ is liftQuad M ξ. Ω\OmegaΩ is built from the published ConvexOptimization.symQuadBlock.
  • P\mathcal PP is every probability measure with every coordinate in L2L^2L2, mean μ\muμ and covariance Σ\SigmaΣ (the published MomentDRO.Conf.HasSecondMoments, meanVec, covMat). It is not restricted to discrete laws, densities or a support set.
  • The standing assumptions Σ≻0\Sigma\succ0Σ≻0 and ϵ∈(0,1)\epsilon\in(0,1)ϵ∈(0,1) are hypotheses of every theorem. Lemma 2.1 involves no distribution and does not carry them. Lemma A.1 needs measurability of fff and Lemma A.2 a Borel set, as printed; (15) is stated for every measurable loss.
  • CVaR, the worst-case CVaR, the worst-case expectation, the worst-case VaR and the values of the semidefinite programs are extended reals. Expectations of positive parts are lower Lebesgue integrals and may be +∞+\infty+∞; an infimum over an empty feasible set is +∞+\infty+∞. A formalization with real-valued suprema would assign 000 to an unbounded worst-case CVaR and make the constraint "worst-case CVaR ≤0\le 0≤0" hold by a default value; this encoding rules that out.
  • A quadratic loss is ξ⊤Qξ+q⊤ξ+q0\xi^\top Q\xi+q^\top\xi+q^0ξ⊤Qξ+q⊤ξ+q0 with QQQ neither symmetric nor definite; concavity is on all of Rk\mathbb R^kRk.
  • The printed S\mathcal SS-lemma (homogeneous forms, general ppp) is replaced by the platform's proved lossless S-procedure for two inhomogeneous quadratics under a Slater point, which is the form the proof uses.

A complete development needs moment-problem duality on Rk\mathbb R^kRk, a convex Farkas lemma, and the S-procedure (already proved on the platform). The first two are reusable beyond this mission, in particular by mission II, which uses Lemmas A.1 and A.2 verbatim. Proofs of any milestone are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • S. Zymler, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Distributionally robust joint chance constraints with second-order moment information, Mathematical Programming 137 (2013) 167–198. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-011-0494-7
  • R. T. Rockafellar, S. Uryasev, Optimization of conditional value-at-risk, Journal of Risk 2 (2000) 21–41. https://doi.org/10.21314/JOR.2000.038
  • K. Isii, The extrema of probability determined by generalized moments (I) bounded random variables, Annals of the Institute of Statistical Mathematics 12 (1960) 119–134 (reference [14] of the paper).
  • G. Calafiore, U. Topcu, L. El Ghaoui, Parameter estimation with expected and residual-at-risk criteria, Systems & Control Letters 58 (2009) 39–46 (reference [7] of the paper).
  • L. El Ghaoui, M. Oks, F. Oustry, Worst-case value-at-risk and robust portfolio optimization: a conic programming approach, Operations Research 51 (2003) 543–556. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.51.4.543.16101
  • G. C. Calafiore, L. El Ghaoui, On distributionally robust chance-constrained linear programs, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 130 (2006) 1–22. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-006-9084-x
  • I. Pólik, T. Terlaky, A survey of the S-lemma, SIAM Review 49 (2007) 371–418. https://doi.org/10.1137/S003614450444614X
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationDynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Markov Decision Processes 2: The Affine Reward-to-Go Semidefinite Program Is Exact for One Quadratic Constraint and Conservative for SeveralResearch Paper

Why evaluate a policy against an ambiguous transition kernel

A Markov decision process (MDP) evaluates a policy by its expected discounted reward, which requires the transition probabilities. In practice these are estimated from data, and the optimal policy of the estimated model can perform badly under the true kernel. Robust MDPs replace the kernel by an ambiguity set of kernels and judge a policy by its worst-case expected reward over that set (Satia–Lave 1973; Nilim–El Ghaoui 2005; Iyengar 2005).

Robust evaluation is tractable when the ambiguity set is rectangular, meaning that the kernels of different states (or state–action pairs) can be chosen independently. Many natural ambiguity sets are not rectangular, for example confidence regions for jointly estimated parameters. Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem (Math. Oper. Res. 2013) show that for general sets robust policy evaluation is NP-hard even to approximate (their Theorem 2.6). They then give a lower bound computable by semidefinite programming, which is the subject of this mission.

Timeline:

  • 1973: Satia and Lave pose MDPs with uncertain transition probabilities.
  • 2005: Nilim–El Ghaoui and Iyengar solve robust dynamic programming over (s, a)-rectangular sets with deterministic policies.
  • 2011: Kuhn, Wiesemann and Georghiou develop affine (linear) decision rules with S-lemma reformulations in stochastic and robust optimization.
  • 2013: Wiesemann, Kuhn and Rustem treat s-rectangular and non-rectangular ambiguity sets with randomized policies. For the latter they give the affine approximation of their Theorem 3.8.

The robust MDP with an affinely parametrized ambiguity set

There are finitely many states S\mathcal SS and actions A\mathcal AA. Choosing action aaa in state sss and moving to s′s's′ earns a reward r(s,a,s′)≥0r(s,a,s')\ge 0r(s,a,s′)≥0. Rewards are discounted by λ∈(0,1)\lambda\in(0,1)λ∈(0,1), and the initial state has distribution p0p_0p0​ in the probability simplex M(S)\mathcal M(\mathcal S)M(S). An unknown parameter ξ\xiξ lies in

Ξ:={ξ∈Rq:ξ⊤Ol ξ+ol⊤ξ+ωl≥0, l=1,…,L},\Xi := \{\xi\in\mathbb R^q : \xi^\top O_l\,\xi + o_l^\top\xi + \omega_l\ge 0,\ l=1,\dots,L\},Ξ:={ξ∈Rq:ξ⊤Ol​ξ+ol⊤​ξ+ωl​≥0, l=1,…,L},

where each OlO_lOl​ is symmetric with Ol⪯0O_l\preceq 0Ol​⪯0. The set Ξ\XiΞ is bounded and has a Slater point ξˉ\bar\xiξˉ​, at which every constraint is strict. The transition probabilities depend affinely on ξ\xiξ: pξ(⋅∣s,a)=ksa+Ksaξp^\xi(\cdot\mid s,a) = k_{sa}+K_{sa}\xipξ(⋅∣s,a)=ksa​+Ksa​ξ, and this is a probability vector for every ξ∈Ξ\xi\in\Xiξ∈Ξ.

A stationary randomized policy π∈Π\pi\in\Piπ∈Π fixes a distribution π(⋅∣s)\pi(\cdot\mid s)π(⋅∣s) over actions in each state. It induces the transition matrix P^ss′(ξ)=∑aπ(a∣s)pξ(s′∣s,a)\widehat P_{ss'}(\xi)=\sum_a\pi(a\mid s)p^\xi(s'\mid s,a)Pss′​(ξ)=∑a​π(a∣s)pξ(s′∣s,a) and the expected rewards r^s(ξ)=∑aπ(a∣s)∑s′pξ(s′∣s,a)r(s,a,s′)\widehat r_s(\xi)=\sum_a\pi(a\mid s)\sum_{s'}p^\xi(s'\mid s,a)r(s,a,s')rs​(ξ)=∑a​π(a∣s)∑s′​pξ(s′∣s,a)r(s,a,s′). The reward to-go is v(ξ)=∑t≥0[λP^(ξ)]tr^(ξ)v(\xi)=\sum_{t\ge0}[\lambda\widehat P(\xi)]^t\widehat r(\xi)v(ξ)=∑t≥0​[λP(ξ)]tr(ξ). Robust policy evaluation asks for inf⁡ξ∈Ξp0⊤v(ξ)\inf_{\xi\in\Xi}p_0^\top v(\xi)infξ∈Ξ​p0⊤​v(ξ).

Fix π\piπ. The affine approximate policy evaluation problem restricts reward to-go functions to affine maps ϑ(ξ)=w+Wξ\vartheta(\xi)=w+W\xiϑ(ξ)=w+Wξ:

sup⁡w,W{inf⁡ξ∈Ξp0⊤(w+Wξ):w+Wξ≤r^(ξ)+λP^(ξ)(w+Wξ)  ∀ξ∈Ξ}.(19)\sup_{w,W}\Big\{\inf_{\xi\in\Xi}p_0^\top(w+W\xi) : w+W\xi\le\widehat r(\xi)+\lambda\widehat P(\xi)(w+W\xi)\ \ \forall\xi\in\Xi\Big\}. \tag{19}w,Wsup​{ξ∈Ξinf​p0⊤​(w+Wξ):w+Wξ≤r(ξ)+λP(ξ)(w+Wξ)  ∀ξ∈Ξ}.(19)

The semidefinite program (20) maximizes τ\tauτ over (τ,w,W,γ,Γ)(\tau,w,W,\gamma,\Gamma)(τ,w,W,γ,Γ) with γ≥0\gamma\ge0γ≥0 and Γ≥0\Gamma\ge0Γ≥0, subject to (1+q)×(1+q)(1+q)\times(1+q)(1+q)×(1+q) linear matrix inequalities. Constraint (20b) involves p0⊤w−τp_0^\top w-\taup0⊤​w−τ, W⊤p0W^\top p_0W⊤p0​ and the matrices Ql=[ωl12ol⊤12olOl]Q_l=\big[\begin{smallmatrix}\omega_l & \frac12 o_l^\top\\ \frac12 o_l & O_l\end{smallmatrix}\big]Ql​=[ωl​21​ol​​21​ol⊤​Ol​​]. Constraints (20c), one per state, involve ksak_{sa}ksa​, KsaK_{sa}Ksa​, rsa=(r(s,a,s′))s′r_{sa}=(r(s,a,s'))_{s'}rsa​=(r(s,a,s′))s′​, www, WWW and QlQ_lQl​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.8

Let (τ∗,w∗,W∗,γ∗,Γ∗)(\tau^*,w^*,W^*,\gamma^*,\Gamma^*)(τ∗,w∗,W∗,γ∗,Γ∗) be an optimal solution of (20).

  • If L=1L=1L=1, then τ∗\tau^*τ∗ equals the supremum of (19), and ϑ∗(ξ)=w∗+W∗ξ\vartheta^*(\xi)=w^*+W^*\xiϑ∗(ξ)=w∗+W∗ξ is feasible and optimal in (19).
  • If L>1L>1L>1, then ϑ∗\vartheta^*ϑ∗ is feasible in (19), τ∗\tau^*τ∗ is a lower bound on the supremum of (19), and
inf⁡ξ∈Ξp0⊤(w∗+W∗ξ)=τ∗.\inf_{\xi\in\Xi}p_0^\top(w^*+W^*\xi)=\tau^*.ξ∈Ξinf​p0⊤​(w∗+W∗ξ)=τ∗.

The theorem takes an optimal solution of (20) as given; it does not assert that (20) has one.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.1 (c): every sub-solution w≤r^(ξ)+λP^(ξ)ww\le\widehat r(\xi)+\lambda\widehat P(\xi)ww≤r(ξ)+λP(ξ)w lies below v(ξ)v(\xi)v(ξ).
  2. Every feasible (w,W)(w,W)(w,W) of (19) satisfies w+Wξ≤rˉe/(1−λ)w+W\xi\le\bar r e/(1-\lambda)w+Wξ≤rˉe/(1−λ) on Ξ\XiΞ, where rˉ=max⁡r\bar r=\max rrˉ=maxr.
  3. Problem (19) is solvable.
  4. Proposition 3.7 (17), the approximate S-lemma: if some γ≥0\gamma\ge 0γ≥0 makes [σ12s⊤12sS]−∑lγlQl⪰0\big[\begin{smallmatrix}\sigma & \frac12 s^\top\\ \frac12 s & S\end{smallmatrix}\big]-\sum_l\gamma_lQ_l\succeq0[σ21​s​21​s⊤S​]−∑l​γl​Ql​⪰0, then ξ⊤Sξ+s⊤ξ+σ≥0\xi^\top S\xi+s^\top\xi+\sigma\ge0ξ⊤Sξ+s⊤ξ+σ≥0 on Ξ\XiΞ.
  5. The reverse implication of 4 when S⪰0S\succeq 0S⪰0.
  6. The reverse implication of 4 when L=1L=1L=1: the published S-procedure, reused here.
  7. The constraint τ≤p0⊤(w+Wξ)\tau\le p_0^\top(w+W\xi)τ≤p0⊤​(w+Wξ) on Ξ\XiΞ is equivalent to (20b).
  8. Constraint (20c) at sss implies the semi-infinite feasibility constraint of (19) at sss, with equivalence when L=1L=1L=1.

Significance

When the ambiguity set is not rectangular, the robust value of a policy cannot be approximated efficiently in general. Theorem 3.8 gives a certified lower bound τ∗\tau^*τ∗ on it, computable by a semidefinite program of size polynomial in ∣S∣|\mathcal S|∣S∣, ∣A∣|\mathcal A|∣A∣, qqq and LLL. Proposition 3.1 (c) makes (19) a restriction of the exact evaluation problem. For L=1L=1L=1, for example an ellipsoidal confidence region for ξ\xiξ, the bound is the best affine one. The paper uses the theorem to compare policies under non-rectangular ambiguity, and in Proposition 3.10 to show that the bound is tight for s-rectangular sets.

On the formal side, the theorems are proved in the paper, and none of them, nor Proposition 3.7, has been formalized before. The platform has the exact S-procedure for one constraint, reused here, and other S-lemma variants in other settings. It has no approximate S-lemma for several concave quadratic constraints, no convex-Farkas argument for S⪰0S\succeq 0S⪰0, and no robust MDP with an affine parametrization. A completed mission would give a machine-checked SDP reformulation of a semi-infinite constraint in a dynamic programming setting.

Difficulty

Each direction rests on a different fact. The step from (20) to (19) is the elementary direction of the S-lemma, applied state by state and then combined with the objective's epigraph constraint. Showing that the bound is attained for L=1L=1L=1 needs four further facts:

  • Problem (19) has an optimal solution. Its feasible region is unbounded (adding a constant c≤0c\le0c≤0 to www preserves feasibility), so attainment needs the uniform bound of milestone 2 and a Slater ball inside Ξ\XiΞ.
  • The objective's epigraph constraint τ≤p0⊤(w+Wξ)\tau\le p_0^\top(w+W\xi)τ≤p0⊤​(w+Wξ) on Ξ\XiΞ and (20b) are exactly equivalent for every LLL, by convex Farkas (milestone 5).
  • (20c) is exact for L=1L=1L=1, by the lossless S-procedure.
  • The lower-right block λKsa⊤W\lambda K_{sa}^\top WλKsa⊤​W of (20c) is not symmetric.

A tempting shortcut is to treat (20c) as an ordinary positive semidefinite constraint on a symmetric matrix. That is wrong here: the matrix is not symmetric, and only its quadratic form carries meaning.

Formalization scope

Everything is finite-dimensional, and no measure theory is used.

  • Types. States and actions are nonempty finite types. A policy is π:S→A→R\pi:\mathcal S\to\mathcal A\to\mathbb Rπ:S→A→R with each π(s)\pi(s)π(s) a probability vector (the published IsPolicy). P^\widehat PP and r^\widehat rr are built from the published InducedTransition and InducedReward.
  • Reward to-go. vvv is defined by the matrix-power series (8). The paper defines it as an expectation (5) and cites that (5) equals (8).
  • The set Ξ\XiΞ. It is the set defined by the data (Ol,ol,ωl)(O_l,o_l,\omega_l)(Ol​,ol​,ωl​), with ωl\omega_lωl​ indexed by lll; the page prints ω\omegaω without the index in (3b). Boundedness, the Slater point and Ol⪯0O_l\preceq0Ol​⪯0 (as PosSemidef of −Ol-O_l−Ol​) are hypotheses.
  • Problem (19). Affine ϑ\varthetaϑ is encoded as (w,W)(w,W)(w,W), the paper's own (21). The objective is an infimum over the subtype Ξ\XiΞ, which is attained because Ξ\XiΞ is nonempty and compact. "The supremum of (19)" is the greatest element, or every upper bound, of the set of feasible objective values.
  • Block matrices. They have index type Unit ⊕ Fin q, with the scalar entry first. "A⪰0A\succeq0A⪰0" means x⊤Ax≥0x^\top Ax\ge0x⊤Ax≥0 for all xxx. This agrees with positive semidefiniteness on symmetric matrices and is the only faithful reading for (20c). Encoding (20c) with Mathlib's PosSemidef would make (20) infeasible and the goal vacuous, which is ruled out here. A verification instance with ∣S∣=2|\mathcal S|=2∣S∣=2, q=L=1q=L=1q=L=1 shows that the standing hypotheses hold and that (0,0,0,0,0)(0,0,0,0,0)(0,0,0,0,0) is feasible in (20).
  • The S-procedure reference. It puts the scalar entry last and uses the opposite sign convention. Applying it to (17) for L=1L=1L=1 takes a permutation congruence and negation.

Welcome contributions include:

  • the approximate S-lemma and the convex Farkas theorem of the alternative for several quadratic constraints, both reusable well beyond this mission;
  • Proposition 3.1 (c) (the comparison principle for discounted Markov reward processes);
  • compactness and attainment arguments for semi-infinite linear programs over Ξ\XiΞ.

Selected references

  • W. Wiesemann, D. Kuhn, B. Rustem, Robust Markov Decision Processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 38(1), 2013; preprint Optimization Online 2610, revision of February 9, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1120.0566
  • A. Nilim, L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Operations Research 53(5), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • G. N. Iyengar, Robust dynamic programming, Mathematics of Operations Research 30(2), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1040.0129
  • D. Kuhn, W. Wiesemann, A. Georghiou, Primal and dual linear decision rules in stochastic and robust optimization, Mathematical Programming 130(1), 2011. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-009-0331-4
  • I. Pólik, T. Terlaky, A survey of the S-lemma, SIAM Review 49(3), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1137/S003614450444614X
  • L. Vandenberghe, S. Boyd, Semidefinite programming, SIAM Review 38(1), 1996. https://doi.org/10.1137/1038003
  • M. L. Puterman, Markov Decision Processes: Discrete Stochastic Dynamic Programming, Wiley, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316887
16 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationMachine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Linear Convergence of Gradient and Proximal-Gradient Methods Under the Polyak-Łojasiewicz Condition VI: Randomized Proximal Coordinate Descent Has Expected Rate (1 − μ/(dL))^kResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in machine learning and statistics have the composite form min⁡xF(x)=f(x)+g(x)\min_x F(x)=f(x)+g(x)minx​F(x)=f(x)+g(x), where fff is a smooth loss and ggg is a non-smooth regularizer such as λ∥x∥1\lambda\|x\|_1λ∥x∥1​. When ggg is separable, g(x)=∑igi(xi)g(x)=\sum_i g_i(x_i)g(x)=∑i​gi​(xi​), the method of choice at scale is often randomized proximal coordinate descent: at each step one coordinate is drawn at random and a one-dimensional proximal problem is solved in that coordinate only. Each step is cheap, and the method underlies standard solvers for ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-regularized regression and for the dual of support vector machines.

Classical linear-convergence guarantees for this method assume strong convexity of fff or of FFF (Richtárik and Takáč, 2014), or rely on the Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz property with constants that are hard to make explicit. Karimi, Nutini and Schmidt (arXiv:1608.04636, ECML PKDD 2016) introduced the proximal-PL inequality, a generalization of the Polyak–Łojasiewicz condition to composite problems, and showed that it alone yields linear rates for proximal-gradient methods. Theorem 6 of that paper, the subject of this mission, extends the analysis to randomized proximal coordinate descent.

Timeline. Polyak (1963) and Łojasiewicz (1963) introduced the gradient-domination inequality for smooth problems. Nesterov (2012) analysed randomized coordinate descent for smooth convex problems; Richtárik and Takáč (2014) extended it to composite separable problems under strong convexity. Karimi, Nutini and Schmidt (2016) obtained the rate (1−μ/(dL))k(1-\mu/(dL))^k(1−μ/(dL))k for the proximal coordinate method under proximal-PL alone (Theorem 6, p. 10, proof in Appendix H, p. 23).

Setting

Write Rd\mathbb R^dRd for the Euclidean space with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥; xix_ixi​ is the iii-th coordinate of xxx, eie_iei​ the iii-th basis vector, and ∇if(x)\nabla_i f(x)∇i​f(x) the iii-th coordinate of the gradient. The data are:

  • a differentiable f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R whose gradient is LLL-Lipschitz, ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥, with L>0L>0L>0;
  • convex univariate functions g1,…,gd:R→Rg_1,\dots,g_d:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rg1​,…,gd​:R→R and the separable g(x)=∑igi(xi)g(x)=\sum_i g_i(x_i)g(x)=∑i​gi​(xi​);
  • F=f+gF=f+gF=f+g, which has a minimizer x∗x^*x∗; write F∗=F(x∗)F^*=F(x^*)F∗=F(x∗).

For α>0\alpha>0α>0 the quantity

Dg(x,α)=−2αmin⁡y[⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+α2∥y−x∥2+g(y)−g(x)]\mathcal D_g(x,\alpha)=-2\alpha\min_y\Big[\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+\frac\alpha2\|y-x\|^2+g(y)-g(x)\Big]Dg​(x,α)=−2αymin​[⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+2α​∥y−x∥2+g(y)−g(x)]

measures the best decrease of a quadratic upper model of FFF at xxx. FFF satisfies the proximal-PL inequality with constant μ>0\mu>0μ>0 if

12 Dg(x,L) ≥ μ (F(x)−F∗)for all x.\tfrac12\,\mathcal D_g(x,L)\ \ge\ \mu\,\big(F(x)-F^*\big)\qquad\text{for all }x.21​Dg​(x,L) ≥ μ(F(x)−F∗)for all x.

The coordinate-wise proximal-gradient method starts at x0x_0x0​. At step kkk it draws iki_kik​ uniformly from {1,…,d}\{1,\dots,d\}{1,…,d}, independently of the past, and sets xk+1=xk+α⋆eikx_{k+1}=x_k+\alpha^\star e_{i_k}xk+1​=xk​+α⋆eik​​, where α⋆\alpha^\starα⋆ minimizes

α ∇ikf(xk)+L2α2+gik(xk,ik+α)−gik(xk,ik).(16)\alpha\,\nabla_{i_k}f(x_k)+\frac L2\alpha^2+g_{i_k}(x_{k,i_k}+\alpha)-g_{i_k}(x_{k,i_k}).\tag{16}α∇ik​​f(xk​)+2L​α2+gik​​(xk,ik​​+α)−gik​​(xk,ik​​).(16)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 10)

For every k≥0k\ge0k≥0,

E[F(xk)−F∗] ≤ (1−μdL)k[F(x0)−F∗].(17)\mathbb E\big[F(x_k)-F^*\big]\ \le\ \Big(1-\frac{\mu}{dL}\Big)^k\big[F(x_0)-F^*\big].\tag{17}E[F(xk​)−F∗] ≤ (1−dLμ​)k[F(x0​)−F∗].(17)

The constant μ/(dL)\mu/(dL)μ/(dL) is the paper's; no further constant is fixed.

Milestones (Appendix H, p. 23)

  1. (62), the coordinate upper model: F(x+tei)−F(x)≤t∇if(x)+L2t2+gi(xi+t)−gi(xi)F(x+te_i)-F(x)\le t\nabla_i f(x)+\frac L2t^2+g_i(x_i+t)-g_i(x_i)F(x+tei​)−F(x)≤t∇i​f(x)+2L​t2+gi​(xi​+t)−gi​(xi​).
  2. The expected-improvement identity: 1d∑imin⁡t[t∇if(x)+L2t2+gi(xi+t)−gi(xi)]=−12LdDg(x,L)\frac1d\sum_i\min_{t}\big[t\nabla_i f(x)+\frac L2t^2+g_i(x_i+t)-g_i(x_i)\big]=-\frac1{2Ld}\mathcal D_g(x,L)d1​∑i​mint​[t∇i​f(x)+2L​t2+gi​(xi​+t)−gi​(xi​)]=−2Ld1​Dg​(x,L).
  3. (63), the expected descent: E[F(xk+1)∣xk=x]≤F(x)−12LdDg(x,L)\mathbb E[F(x_{k+1})\mid x_k=x]\le F(x)-\frac1{2Ld}\mathcal D_g(x,L)E[F(xk+1​)∣xk​=x]≤F(x)−2Ld1​Dg​(x,L).

A companion statement (not a milestone, not in the paper) asserts that the one-dimensional step (16) exists for convex gig_igi​ and L>0L>0L>0.

Significance

The result. Theorem 6 gives a linear rate for proximal coordinate descent on every composite problem satisfying proximal-PL, a class that contains ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-regularized least squares and other problems that are not strongly convex. The rate matches that of plain randomized coordinate descent under PL (Theorem 3 of the paper) with the composite term added, and the factor ddd is the usual price of updating one coordinate per step.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof is known. A formal proof requires the coordinate descent lemma, the exchange of a separable minimum with a sum, and an exact accounting of the expectation over random index sequences. The definitions of Dg\mathcal D_gDg​, proximal-PL and the random-coordinate run built here are reusable for other proximal and coordinate methods.

Difficulty

The one-step argument is short once the expected-improvement identity is available; the difficulty is in that identity. Its left side averages over coordinates the minima of one-dimensional models, while Dg\mathcal D_gDg​ is a minimum over the whole space. Equating them requires that the full-space minimum split across coordinates, which is where separability of ggg is used, and that each minimum be attained, which requires convexity of the gig_igi​ and L>0L>0L>0. A second point is the expectation: the iterate after kkk steps is a function of the whole index word (i0,…,ik−1)(i_0,\dots,i_{k-1})(i0​,…,ik−1​), and the one-step expected descent must be propagated through the tower of conditional expectations to the kkk-step bound.

Formalization scope

  • The space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with d≥1d\ge1d≥1 (0 < d); the gradient is Mathlib's gradient f, and ∇if(x)\nabla_i f(x)∇i​f(x) is gradient f x i.
  • The Lipschitz gradient is the literal hypothesis ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥ with L>0L>0L>0 and Differentiable ℝ f, as in the setup of Theorem 5. Appendix H uses only coordinate-wise Lipschitz continuity, which follows.
  • X∗≠∅X^*\neq\emptysetX∗=∅ is a point x∗x^*x∗ minimizing FFF; F∗F^*F∗ is F(x∗)F(x^*)F(x∗), never a free real.
  • The gig_igi​ are real-valued convex functions. Extended-valued gig_igi​ (box indicators, used for the SVM dual in §4.4) are outside this formalization.
  • The minimum in Dg\mathcal D_gDg​ is a real infimum; it is attained, hence equal to the paper's minimum, for convex gig_igi​ and L>0L>0L>0, and every statement using it carries these hypotheses.
  • The update is any step selection sel(x,i)=x+t⋆ei\mathrm{sel}(x,i)=x+t^\star e_isel(x,i)=x+t⋆ei​ with t⋆t^\start⋆ a minimizer of (16); the selection is a hypothesis-constrained parameter, never an arbitrary map. Equation (16) as printed assigns the minimizing step to xk+1x_{k+1}xk+1​; the iterate xk+α⋆eikx_k+\alpha^\star e_{i_k}xk​+α⋆eik​​ of Appendix H is what is encoded.
  • E[F(xk)−F∗]\mathbb E[F(x_k)-F^*]E[F(xk​)−F∗] is the exact average over all dkd^kdk index words, each of probability d−kd^{-k}d−k, which is the law of i.i.d. uniform coordinates.
  • A formalization that leaves the update unconstrained, takes F∗F^*F∗ as a free constant, or computes Dg\mathcal D_gDg​ as a junk infimum would make the goal false or vacuous; these are ruled out by the conventions above.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the three milestones and the goal, the existence of the coordinate step, and a version with extended-valued gig_igi​.

Selected references

  • H. Karimi, J. Nutini, M. Schmidt, Linear Convergence of Gradient and Proximal-Gradient Methods Under the Polyak-Łojasiewicz Condition, ECML PKDD 2016; arXiv:1608.04636v4, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1608.04636
  • P. Richtárik, M. Takáč, Iteration complexity of randomized block-coordinate descent methods for minimizing a composite function, Mathematical Programming 144, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-012-0614-z
  • Yu. Nesterov, Efficiency of coordinate descent methods on huge-scale optimization problems, SIAM J. Optim. 22(2), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/100802001
  • B. T. Polyak, Gradient methods for minimizing functionals, USSR Comput. Math. Math. Phys. 3(4), 1963. https://doi.org/10.1016/0041-5553(63)90382-3
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Linear Convergence of Gradient and Proximal-Gradient Methods Under the Polyak-Łojasiewicz Condition III: Randomized Coordinate Descent Has Expected Rate (1 − μ/(dL))^kResearch Paper

Motivation

Coordinate descent changes one component of a parameter vector at a time. This matters when evaluating or updating a single component is cheaper than handling the full vector, for example in problems with sparse features. The coordinate chosen at each step can be random or selected from the current gradient. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt study these choices for objectives that satisfy a Polyak–Łojasiewicz (PL) inequality, a condition that controls objective error by the size of the gradient without assuming convexity. Their Theorem 3 gives an explicit expected rate for uniform random coordinates, while §3.2 gives a rate for the greedy Gauss–Southwell choice. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt (2016), §3

The question is how much of the familiar full-gradient linear rate survives when an update sees only one coordinate. The theorem answers this with a dimension factor: each uniform draw accesses one of ddd coordinates, and the rate depends on μ/(dL)\mu/(dL)μ/(dL). The same paper relates the greedy rule to earlier work on coordinate descent and boosting; this mission treats its stated greedy rate as a companion result, using the same coordinate update. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt (2016), §§3.1–3.2

Setting

Let d≥1d\ge1d≥1, and let f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R be differentiable. Write ∇if(x)\nabla_i f(x)∇i​f(x) for coordinate iii of its gradient and eie_iei​ for the corresponding standard basis vector. The paper's coordinate-wise upper bound (5), with L>0L>0L>0, is

f(x+αei)≤f(x)+α∇if(x)+L2α2for every x∈Rd, i∈{1,…,d}, α∈R.f(x+\alpha e_i)\le f(x)+\alpha\nabla_i f(x)+\frac L2\alpha^2 \quad\text{for every }x\in\mathbb R^d,\ i\in\{1,\ldots,d\},\ \alpha\in\mathbb R.f(x+αei​)≤f(x)+α∇i​f(x)+2L​α2for every x∈Rd, i∈{1,…,d}, α∈R.

Here iii ranges over the ddd coordinates. The bound concerns motion along one coordinate. It is the exact smoothness condition used in Theorem 3. Let x∗x^*x∗ be a global minimizer and put f∗=f(x∗)f^*=f(x^*)f∗=f(x∗); thus the solution set is nonempty and f∗f^*f∗ is an attained optimal value. The PL inequality (3) with μ>0\mu>0μ>0 says

12∥∇f(x)∥2≥μ(f(x)−f∗)for every x∈Rd.\frac12\|\nabla f(x)\|^2\ge\mu\bigl(f(x)-f^*\bigr) \quad\text{for every }x\in\mathbb R^d.21​∥∇f(x)∥2≥μ(f(x)−f∗)for every x∈Rd.

The randomized coordinate-descent step (6) draws iki_kik​ uniformly from the ddd coordinates, independently at each time, and sets xk+1=xk−L−1∇ikf(xk)eikx_{k+1}=x_k-L^{-1}\nabla_{i_k}f(x_k)e_{i_k}xk+1​=xk​−L−1∇ik​​f(xk​)eik​​. The initial point x0x_0x0​ is arbitrary. For kkk draws, expectation means the average over all dkd^kdk words (i0,…,ik−1)(i_0,\ldots,i_{k-1})(i0​,…,ik−1​), each assigned weight d−kd^{-k}d−k. In particular, at k=0k=0k=0 the empty word has weight one and the iterate is x0x_0x0​.

The Gauss–Southwell rule instead chooses a coordinate with the largest ∣∇if(xk)∣|\nabla_i f(x_k)|∣∇i​f(xk​)∣; ties may be resolved in any way. Its rate uses a PL inequality in the maximum-coordinate norm, ∥∇f(x)∥∞=max⁡i∣∇if(x)∣\|\nabla f(x)\|_\infty=\max_i|\nabla_i f(x)|∥∇f(x)∥∞​=maxi​∣∇i​f(x)∣, with constant μ1>0\mu_1>0μ1​>0. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt (2016), pp. 5–6

Formalization targets

Theorem 3: uniform random coordinates

For every k≥0k\ge0k≥0, the goal is the paper's expected suboptimality bound

E[f(xk)−f∗]≤(1−μdL)k(f(x0)−f∗).\mathbb E[f(x_k)-f^*] \le\left(1-\frac{\mu}{dL}\right)^k\bigl(f(x_0)-f^*\bigr).E[f(xk​)−f∗]≤(1−dLμ​)k(f(x0​)−f∗).

The target includes the specific update (6), the coordinate condition (5), and the PL inequality (3). The three milestones are the paper's displayed one-coordinate decrease, its uniform expected decrease involving ∥∇f(x)∥2\|\nabla f(x)\|^2∥∇f(x)∥2, and the resulting conditional expected gap contraction. They are indexed to the proof of Theorem 3 on page 5. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt (2016), Theorem 3 and proof

Greedy coordinate choice

The companion target is the rate stated in §3.2 when the maximum-norm PL inequality holds:

f(xk)−f∗≤(1−μ1L)k(f(x0)−f∗).f(x_k)-f^* \le\left(1-\frac{\mu_1}{L}\right)^k\bigl(f(x_0)-f^*\bigr).f(xk​)−f∗≤(1−Lμ1​​)k(f(x0​)−f∗).

This bound applies to any run that chooses a maximizing coordinate at every step. The different PL modulus is part of the statement; it need not equal the modulus μ\muμ in Theorem 3. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt (2016), §3.2

Significance

Theorem 3 gives a quantitative guarantee for a method that reads one gradient component per update. The guarantee depends on the attained optimum, the coordinate smoothness constant, the PL modulus, and the number of coordinates. It applies to objectives satisfying PL even when convexity is unavailable. The companion result records how the stated rate changes when the coordinate is selected by the largest gradient component and the PL condition is measured in the corresponding dual norm. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt (2016), §3

The paper proves these claims, but this mission asks for machine-checked proofs of their exact hypotheses and constants. A complete development will make the finite random experiment explicit and give reusable definitions for coordinate updates and expectations of finite coordinate-choice histories. The PL predicate is already published in the theorem library; the coordinate model and the results here remain to be formalized.

Difficulty

A bound for a single coordinate update depends on one component of the gradient. An arbitrary coordinate can have a zero component even when the full gradient is large, so a pointwise decrease with the full gradient norm cannot be asserted for every choice. The theorem instead concerns the expectation over a uniform choice and then over the complete history of choices. The main formal difficulty is keeping those two levels of expectation aligned with a state xkx_kxk​ that itself depends on earlier draws. For the greedy companion, the selected coordinate may not be unique; the statement must cover every maximizing choice without assuming a fixed tie-breaking rule.

Formalization scope

The vector space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). The shared definitions give (5), the step (6), the iterate produced by a word Fin k → Fin d, and the expected gap as a real finite sum. The published ShiOptRates.PolyakLojasiewicz predicate represents (3) after multiplying both sides by two. Every theorem using uniform draws assumes d>0d>0d>0; every step with 1/L1/L1/L assumes L>0L>0L>0. The goal also states differentiability, an explicit global minimizer, and μ>0\mu>0μ>0. No convexity is assumed. A free real number called f∗f^*f∗ would change the PL condition and could invalidate the rate, so the formal statement uses f(x∗)f(x^*)f(x∗) throughout.

The index-word average is an exact finite representation of independent uniform sampling, including k=0k=0k=0. It does not sample coordinates without replacement. The companion theorem represents the maximum-norm PL condition by requiring its inequality at every maximizing coordinate, which is equivalent for d>0d>0d>0, and quantifies over every run satisfying the Gauss–Southwell update relation. Useful contributions include proofs of the three displayed milestones, the passage from one draw to the word average, and the greedy companion. The paper's optional remark on sampling proportional to coordinate-specific constants LiL_iLi​ and its exact-coordinate-minimization remark are outside this proposal.

Selected references

  • H. Karimi, J. Nutini, and M. Schmidt, Linear Convergence of Gradient and Proximal-Gradient Methods Under the Polyak–Łojasiewicz Condition, ECML PKDD, 2016; arXiv:1608.04636v4.
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationMachine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Linear Convergence of Gradient and Proximal-Gradient Methods Under the Polyak-Łojasiewicz Condition II: SC → ESC → WSC → RSI → EB ≡ PL → QG, and RSI ≡ EB ≡ PL ≡ QG for Convex fResearch Paper

Motivation

Gradient descent on a smooth function f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R converges at a linear rate (the optimality gap shrinks by a constant factor each step) under strong convexity. Many problems in machine learning and statistics are not strongly convex: least squares with a rank-deficient design, logistic regression on separable or degenerate data, and some non-convex objectives. Over roughly 25 years several weaker conditions were proposed that still give linear convergence. Examples are the error bound of Luo and Tseng, restricted strong convexity, essential strong convexity, weak strong convexity, and quadratic growth (also called optimal or semi-strong convexity). Each came with its own proof, usually assuming convexity. How these conditions relate to one another was rarely made explicit.

Karimi, Nutini and Schmidt (arXiv:1608.04636, ECML PKDD 2016) put the Polyak–Łojasiewicz (PL) inequality (Polyak, 1963) at the centre. Their Theorem 2 orders seven conditions by strength for functions with a Lipschitz gradient, without convexity. It shows that PL is equivalent to the error bound and implies quadratic growth. For convex functions it shows that the four weakest conditions coincide. The equivalence of EB and PL is a special case of a result of Bolte, Nguyen, Peypouquet and Suter (arXiv:1510.08234, Theorem 5). Zhang (arXiv:1606.00269) independently related RSI, EB, PL and QG.

Setting

Let f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R be differentiable with gradient ∇f\nabla f∇f. The paper's standing assumptions (§2, p. 2) are:

  1. ∇f\nabla f∇f is LLL-Lipschitz: ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥ for all x,yx,yx,y, with L>0L>0L>0;
  2. the solution set X∗={x: f(x)≤f(y) ∀y}\mathcal X^*=\{x:\ f(x)\le f(y)\ \forall y\}X∗={x: f(x)≤f(y) ∀y} is non-empty. Write f∗f^*f∗ for the optimal value.

For every xxx, xpx_pxp​ denotes a projection of xxx onto X∗\mathcal X^*X∗: a point of X∗\mathcal X^*X∗ at distance dist⁡(x,X∗)\operatorname{dist}(x,\mathcal X^*)dist(x,X∗) from xxx. Each of the following conditions involves a constant μ>0\mu>0μ>0, which may differ between conditions (Appendix A, pp. 11–12):

  • SC (strong convexity): f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+μ2∥y−x∥2f(y)\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+\frac\mu2\|y-x\|^2f(y)≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+2μ​∥y−x∥2 for all x,yx,yx,y.
  • ESC (essential strong convexity): the same inequality for all x,yx,yx,y with xp=ypx_p=y_pxp​=yp​.
  • WSC (weak strong convexity): f∗≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),xp−x⟩+μ2∥xp−x∥2f^*\ge f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),x_p-x\rangle+\frac\mu2\|x_p-x\|^2f∗≥f(x)+⟨∇f(x),xp​−x⟩+2μ​∥xp​−x∥2 for all xxx.
  • RSI (restricted secant inequality): ⟨∇f(x),x−xp⟩≥μ∥xp−x∥2\langle\nabla f(x),x-x_p\rangle\ge\mu\|x_p-x\|^2⟨∇f(x),x−xp​⟩≥μ∥xp​−x∥2 for all xxx.
  • EB (error bound): ∥∇f(x)∥≥μ∥xp−x∥\|\nabla f(x)\|\ge\mu\|x_p-x\|∥∇f(x)∥≥μ∥xp​−x∥ for all xxx.
  • PL (Polyak–Łojasiewicz): 12∥∇f(x)∥2≥μ(f(x)−f∗)\frac12\|\nabla f(x)\|^2\ge\mu(f(x)-f^*)21​∥∇f(x)∥2≥μ(f(x)−f∗) for all xxx.
  • QG (quadratic growth): f(x)−f∗≥μ2∥xp−x∥2f(x)-f^*\ge\frac\mu2\|x_p-x\|^2f(x)−f∗≥2μ​∥xp​−x∥2 for all xxx.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 3)

Read each condition as "it holds for some μ>0\mu>0μ>0". For fff with a Lipschitz-continuous gradient,

(SC)→(ESC)→(WSC)→(RSI)→(EB)≡(PL)→(QG),(SC)\to(ESC)\to(WSC)\to(RSI)\to(EB)\equiv(PL)\to(QG),(SC)→(ESC)→(WSC)→(RSI)→(EB)≡(PL)→(QG),

and if fff is also convex,

(RSI)≡(EB)≡(PL)≡(QG).(RSI)\equiv(EB)\equiv(PL)\equiv(QG).(RSI)≡(EB)≡(PL)≡(QG).

The goal states no constants, because the constant may change along the chain.

Milestones: the implications of Appendix A, with their constants

The appendix proves a subset of the arrows, each with an explicit constant. The rest follow by transitivity.

SC(μ)⇒ESC(μ),ESC(μ)⇒WSC(μ),WSC(μ)⇒RSI(μ/2),RSI(μ)⇒EB(μ),\text{SC}(\mu)\Rightarrow\text{ESC}(\mu),\quad \text{ESC}(\mu)\Rightarrow\text{WSC}(\mu),\quad \text{WSC}(\mu)\Rightarrow\text{RSI}(\mu/2),\quad \text{RSI}(\mu)\Rightarrow\text{EB}(\mu),SC(μ)⇒ESC(μ),ESC(μ)⇒WSC(μ),WSC(μ)⇒RSI(μ/2),RSI(μ)⇒EB(μ), EB(μ)⇒PL(μ2/L),PL(μ)⇒QG(μ),PL(μ)⇒EB(μ),QG(μ)+convex⇒RSI(μ/2).\text{EB}(\mu)\Rightarrow\text{PL}(\mu^2/L),\quad \text{PL}(\mu)\Rightarrow\text{QG}(\mu),\quad \text{PL}(\mu)\Rightarrow\text{EB}(\mu),\quad \text{QG}(\mu)+\text{convex}\Rightarrow\text{RSI}(\mu/2).EB(μ)⇒PL(μ2/L),PL(μ)⇒QG(μ),PL(μ)⇒EB(μ),QG(μ)+convex⇒RSI(μ/2).

One further milestone is display (20). Under PL, g=f−f∗g=\sqrt{f-f^*}g=f−f∗​ satisfies ∥∇g(x)∥≥μ/2\|\nabla g(x)\|\ge\sqrt{\mu/2}∥∇g(x)∥≥μ/2​ at every x∉X∗x\notin\mathcal X^*x∈/X∗.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 shows that QG is the weakest of the seven conditions. QG alone does not rule out non-global local minima, so it cannot guarantee that gradient descent reaches a global minimizer. Among the conditions considered, PL and the equivalent EB are therefore the most general that still give linear convergence to a global minimum. The paper's Theorem 1 gives that rate under PL with a one-paragraph proof. For convex fff, RSI (there called restricted strong convexity), EB, PL and QG are one condition. A rate proved under any of them transfers to the others, up to the constants of the milestones.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper, and the arrows of Appendix A are short, except PL → QG. A machine-checked version adds three things. It fixes a precise meaning for xpx_pxp​ when X∗\mathcal X^*X∗ is not convex and a nearest point is not unique. It records the correct constant in EB → PL: the printed text says μ/L\mu/Lμ/L, while the displayed argument yields μ2/L\mu^2/Lμ2/L. It puts PL → QG for non-convex fff on a checked footing; the acknowledgments note an earlier error in this proof. No formalization of these implications is known to be on the platform or in Mathlib.

Difficulty

Most arrows are one-line rearrangements or the Cauchy–Schwarz inequality. EB → PL also needs the quadratic upper bound implied by the Lipschitz gradient, and ∇f(xp)=0\nabla f(x_p)=0∇f(xp​)=0 at a global minimizer.

The obstacle is PL → QG without convexity. The natural first idea fails. Integrating along the segment from xxx to xpx_pxp​ uses no information from PL, because the gradient along that segment is unrelated to the gap f−f∗f-f^*f−f∗. The implication is global: it converts a pointwise bound on the gradient into a lower bound on fff in terms of the distance to a possibly non-convex set X∗\mathcal X^*X∗. Any proof has to bound the distance to X∗\mathcal X^*X∗ by the length of some path into it that is controlled by fff. Building such a path in Lean, with its existence, its arrival at X∗\mathcal X^*X∗ in finite time and a bound on its length, needs analysis that is not yet assembled in Mathlib for this purpose.

Formalization scope

  • Space. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), abbreviated E d. Gradients are Mathlib's gradient. The Lipschitz gradient is the literal hypothesis ∀ x y, ‖gradient f x - gradient f y‖ ≤ L * ‖x - y‖ with 0 < L, together with Differentiable ℝ f.
  • Solution set. Non-emptiness is carried by a global minimizer xstar with ∀ y, f xstar ≤ f y, and f∗f^*f∗ is f xstar. In WSC, f∗f^*f∗ is written f(xp)f(x_p)f(xp​).
  • Projection. xpx_pxp​ is an explicit map p with IsProjSel f p: p x lies in X∗\mathcal X^*X∗ and ‖x - p x‖ = Metric.infDist x X*. Every condition, and Theorem 2, refers to an arbitrary such selection. ESC's "xp=ypx_p=y_pxp​=yp​" is p x = p y for that same selection. No Classical.choose is used.
  • PL is the published predicate ShiOptRates.PolyakLojasiewicz f (gradient f) μ fstar (definition ShiOptrates_FunctionClass), i.e. 2μ(f(x)−f∗)≤∥∇f(x)∥22\mu(f(x)-f^*)\le\|\nabla f(x)\|^22μ(f(x)−f∗)≤∥∇f(x)∥2. This is the paper's (3) multiplied by 2.
  • Constants. Each milestone carries the constant of its appendix bullet and the hypothesis μ>0\mu>0μ>0. The goal uses Holds C := ∃ μ, 0 < μ ∧ C μ independently on each side of every arrow. Convexity is ConvexOn ℝ Set.univ f.
  • Dropped standing hypotheses. Milestones whose argument does not use the Lipschitz gradient omit it: SC → ESC, ESC → WSC, WSC → RSI, RSI → EB, QG + convex → RSI, and (20). Each is then a slightly stronger statement.
  • Corrected constant. EB → PL is stated with μ2/L\mu^2/Lμ2/L, which is what the paper's displayed argument proves. The quoted milestone text keeps the printed "μ/L\mu/Lμ/L".
  • No trivialization. Every condition is quantified over all xxx (and yyy). The selection p is constrained by IsProjSel, not free, and the goal's hypotheses are satisfiable: f(x)=12∥x∥2f(x)=\frac12\|x\|^2f(x)=21​∥x∥2 with p≡0p\equiv0p≡0, L=1L=1L=1 satisfies all of them and SC with μ=1\mu=1μ=1. A formalization that fixed one μ\muμ for the whole chain, or replaced xpx_pxp​ by an unconstrained map, would be a different theorem.
  • Reuse. The condition predicates and the projection selection are reusable by any development on linear convergence without strong convexity. A general "PL implies QG" lemma via gradient flow is reusable beyond this mission. Contributions toward the ODE and arc-length infrastructure are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Karimi, J. Nutini, M. Schmidt, Linear Convergence of Gradient and Proximal-Gradient Methods Under the Polyak-Łojasiewicz Condition, ECML PKDD 2016; arXiv:1608.04636v4 (2020). https://arxiv.org/abs/1608.04636
  • B. T. Polyak, Gradient methods for minimizing functionals, Zh. Vychisl. Mat. Mat. Fiz. 3(4):643–653, 1963 (English translation: USSR Comput. Math. Math. Phys. 3(4):864–878). https://doi.org/10.1016/0041-5553(63)90382-3
  • J. Bolte, T. P. Nguyen, J. Peypouquet, B. W. Suter, From error bounds to the complexity of first-order descent methods for convex functions, Math. Program. 165, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1510.08234
  • H. Zhang, The restricted strong convexity revisited: analysis of equivalence to error bound and quadratic growth, Optim. Lett. 11, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1511.01635
  • H. Zhang, New analysis of linear convergence of gradient-type methods via unifying error bound conditions, Math. Program. 180, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1606.00269
  • Z.-Q. Luo, P. Tseng, Error bounds and convergence analysis of feasible descent methods: a general approach, Ann. Oper. Res. 46, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02096261
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights III: The Generalized Nesterov Scheme Has f(x_k) − f⋆ ≤ (r − 1)²‖x₀ − x⋆‖²/(2s(k + r − 2)²)Research Paper

Motivation

Nesterov's accelerated gradient method minimizes a smooth convex function with an error of order 1/k21/k^21/k2 after kkk steps, against 1/k1/k1/k for plain gradient descent, and this rate is optimal among first-order methods. Its momentum coefficient (k−1)/(k+2)(k-1)/(k+2)(k−1)/(k+2) has long been regarded as delicate. Su, Boyd and Candès (arXiv:1503.01243, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 17(153), 2016) model the method by the ordinary differential equation X¨+3tX˙+∇f(X)=0\ddot X+\frac3t\dot X+\nabla f(X)=0X¨+t3​X˙+∇f(X)=0 and ask what the constant 333 means. Their §4 replaces 333 by a parameter rrr, in the ODE and in the algorithm, and finds a threshold: for r≥3r\ge3r≥3 the inverse-quadratic rate survives, for r<3r<3r<3 it can fail.

This mission formalizes the discrete half of the "high friction" case r>3r>3r>3: Theorem 6 of the paper, which gives the O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) rate and a weighted summability bound for the generalized Nesterov scheme in the composite (proximal) setting of Beck and Teboulle (SIAM J. Imaging Sci. 2009).

Timeline. Nesterov (1983) introduced the method with momentum (k−1)/(k+2)(k-1)/(k+2)(k−1)/(k+2). Beck and Teboulle (2009) extended it to composite objectives g+hg+hg+h (FISTA). Su, Boyd and Candès (arXiv 2014, JMLR 2016) proposed the parameter rrr and proved Theorem 6. Chambolle and Dossal (J. Optim. Theory Appl. 2015) and Attouch and Peypouquet (SIAM J. Optim. 2016) then used the same family with r>3r>3r>3 to prove weak convergence of the iterates and the faster o(1/k2)o(1/k^2)o(1/k2) rate.

Setting

Let H\mathcal HH be a real Hilbert space. The objective is f=g+hf=g+hf=g+h, where

  1. g:H→Rg:\mathcal H\to\mathbb Rg:H→R belongs to FL\mathcal F_LFL​: it is convex and continuously differentiable, and its gradient is LLL-Lipschitz for some L>0L>0L>0;
  2. h:H→R∪{+∞}h:\mathcal H\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}h:H→R∪{+∞} is proper, lower semicontinuous and convex (it may take the value +∞+\infty+∞, encoding constraints).

A minimizer x⋆x^\starx⋆ of fff is assumed to exist, and f⋆=f(x⋆)f^\star=f(x^\star)f⋆=f(x⋆). For a step size s>0s>0s>0, the proximal map is prox⁡sh(u)=argmin⁡z(∥z−u∥2/(2s)+h(z))\operatorname{prox}_{sh}(u)=\operatorname{argmin}_z\big(\|z-u\|^2/(2s)+h(z)\big)proxsh​(u)=argminz​(∥z−u∥2/(2s)+h(z)), and the proximal subgradient is

Gs(x)=x−prox⁡sh(x−s∇g(x))s.G_s(x)=\frac{x-\operatorname{prox}_{sh}\big(x-s\nabla g(x)\big)}{s}.Gs​(x)=sx−proxsh​(x−s∇g(x))​.

Given rrr, the generalized Nesterov scheme (19) produces (xk)(x_k)(xk​) and (yk)(y_k)(yk​) from a starting point x0x_0x0​ by y0=x0y_0=x_0y0​=x0​ and, for k≥1k\ge1k≥1,

xk=yk−1−sGs(yk−1),yk=xk+k−1k+r−1 (xk−xk−1).x_k=y_{k-1}-sG_s(y_{k-1}),\qquad y_k=x_k+\frac{k-1}{k+r-1}\,(x_k-x_{k-1}).xk​=yk−1​−sGs​(yk−1​),yk​=xk​+k+r−1k−1​(xk​−xk−1​).

For r=3r=3r=3 this is Nesterov's method (FISTA when h≠0h\neq0h=0). The proof uses the auxiliary points zk=k+r−1r−1yk−kr−1xkz_k=\frac{k+r-1}{r-1}y_k-\frac{k}{r-1}x_kzk​=r−1k+r−1​yk​−r−1k​xk​ and the discrete energy

E(k)=2(k+r−2)2sr−1(f(xk)−f⋆)+(r−1)∥zk−x⋆∥2.\mathcal E(k)=\frac{2(k+r-2)^2s}{r-1}\big(f(x_k)-f^\star\big)+(r-1)\|z_k-x^\star\|^2 .E(k)=r−12(k+r−2)2s​(f(xk​)−f⋆)+(r−1)∥zk​−x⋆∥2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 13)

For r>3r>3r>3 and 0<s≤1/L0<s\le1/L0<s≤1/L, for every k≥1k\ge1k≥1,

f(xk)−f⋆≤(r−1)2∥x0−x⋆∥22s(k+r−2)2,∑k=1∞(k+r−1)(f(xk)−f⋆)≤(r−1)2∥x0−x⋆∥22s(r−3).f(x_k)-f^\star\le\frac{(r-1)^2\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}{2s(k+r-2)^2},\qquad \sum_{k=1}^{\infty}(k+r-1)\big(f(x_k)-f^\star\big)\le\frac{(r-1)^2\|x_0-x^\star\|^2}{2s(r-3)} .f(xk​)−f⋆≤2s(k+r−2)2(r−1)2∥x0​−x⋆∥2​,k=1∑∞​(k+r−1)(f(xk​)−f⋆)≤2s(r−3)(r−1)2∥x0​−x⋆∥2​.

The two bounds are proved together and stated as one theorem, as on the page.

Milestones (pp. 14–15)

  1. The basic proximal-gradient inequality (22): f(y−sGs(y))≤f(x)+Gs(y)⊤(y−x)−s2∥Gs(y)∥2f(y-sG_s(y))\le f(x)+G_s(y)^\top(y-x)-\frac s2\|G_s(y)\|^2f(y−sGs​(y))≤f(x)+Gs​(y)⊤(y−x)−2s​∥Gs​(y)∥2 for all x,yx,yx,y when s≤1/Ls\le1/Ls≤1/L. This is already proved on the platform and enters as a reference.
  2. The identity zk−1−s(k+r−2)Gs(yk−1)/(r−1)=zkz_{k-1}-s(k+r-2)G_s(y_{k-1})/(r-1)=z_kzk−1​−s(k+r−2)Gs​(yk−1​)/(r−1)=zk​.
  3. The one-step inequality obtained from (22) at x=xk−1x=x_{k-1}x=xk−1​ and at x=x⋆x=x^\starx=x⋆.
  4. The energy step (20): E(k)+2s[(r−3)(k+r−2)+1]r−1(f(xk−1)−f⋆)≤E(k−1)\mathcal E(k)+\frac{2s[(r-3)(k+r-2)+1]}{r-1}(f(x_{k-1})-f^\star)\le\mathcal E(k-1)E(k)+r−12s[(r−3)(k+r−2)+1]​(f(xk−1​)−f⋆)≤E(k−1).
  5. The summed form (21): E(k)+∑i=1k−12s[(r−3)(i+r−1)+1]r−1(f(xi)−f⋆)≤(r−1)∥x0−x⋆∥2\mathcal E(k)+\sum_{i=1}^{k-1}\frac{2s[(r-3)(i+r-1)+1]}{r-1}(f(x_i)-f^\star)\le(r-1)\|x_0-x^\star\|^2E(k)+∑i=1k−1​r−12s[(r−3)(i+r−1)+1]​(f(xi​)−f⋆)≤(r−1)∥x0​−x⋆∥2.

Significance

The result shows that the constant 333 in Nesterov's momentum is a threshold, not a tuned value: every larger rrr keeps the O(1/k2)O(1/k^2)O(1/k2) guarantee, with an explicit constant (r−1)2/2(r-1)^2/2(r−1)2/2. The second bound does not follow from the first. It says the gap cannot stay of order 1/k21/k^21/k2 along any set of indices of positive density, and it is the starting point of the later o(1/k2)o(1/k^2)o(1/k2) and iterate-convergence results for r>3r>3r>3.

On the formal side, the platform already has the basic inequality (22) and a version of the energy argument with the weaker coefficient 2s(r−3)k/(r−1)2s(r-3)k/(r-1)2s(r−3)k/(r−1), under the strict step condition sL<1sL<1sL<1 and with bounds in terms of E(1)\mathcal E(1)E(1). This mission adds the paper's sharper energy decrease (20), allows the step s=1/Ls=1/Ls=1/L, and expresses both bounds through the initial distance ∥x0−x⋆∥\|x_0-x^\star\|∥x0​−x⋆∥ alone, which requires the first step of the scheme to be part of the hypotheses. To our knowledge no machine-checked proof of Theorem 6 exists.

Difficulty

The argument is elementary in structure but exact in its constants. The obvious route, a Lyapunov energy that decreases, gives a decrease coefficient of order kkk; obtaining the paper's coefficient (r−3)(k+r−2)+1(r-3)(k+r-2)+1(r−3)(k+r−2)+1 requires the precise algebra relating yk−1y_{k-1}yk−1​, xk−1x_{k-1}xk−1​, xkx_kxk​ and zkz_kzk​. The objective takes values in R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}, so every manipulation must respect extended-real arithmetic: x0x_0x0​ itself may lie outside the domain of hhh, and the passage from (20) to (21) cancels a term f(x0)−f⋆f(x_0)-f^\starf(x0​)−f⋆ that may be infinite. The first iterate must be tracked separately, because the bound is in terms of x0x_0x0​ while the momentum formula is only meaningful from k=1k=1k=1.

Formalization scope

The Lean development works in a real Hilbert space H (InnerProductSpace ℝ H, CompleteSpace H); ℝⁿ is a special case. It reuses three published items: ThreeOpSplitting.ConvexRates.Problem (IsProperClosedConvex, IsProx), NesterovFB.Rates.Algorithm (the objective theta, the extrapolation extrap, gradMap =Gs=G_s=Gs​, zSeq =zk=z_k=zk​ and energy =E=\mathcal E=E, with the algorithm's parameter α\alphaα set to rrr), and the proved theorem NesterovFB.Rates.eq9_prox_grad_inequality, which is (22). A new definition NesterovODE.GenScheme.IsGenNesterovRun states (19) for every k≥0k\ge0k≥0, the case k=0k=0k=0 being the first step x1=prox⁡sh(x0−s∇g(x0))x_1=\operatorname{prox}_{sh}(x_0-s\nabla g(x_0))x1​=proxsh​(x0​−s∇g(x0​)).

Conventions committed to:

  • Values of fff are in EReal, and real coefficients enter through the coercion. f(xk)f(x_k)f(xk​) is finite for k≥1k\ge1k≥1, and so is f⋆f^\starf⋆.
  • hhh is assumed proper and lower semicontinuous in addition to convex, so that the argmin defining GsG_sGs​ exists; the proximal map is any P with IsProx s h P.
  • s≤1/Ls\le1/Ls≤1/L is written s * L ≤ 1, with 0 < L.
  • r>3r>3r>3, the standing assumption of §4.1, is a hypothesis of the goal and of every milestone.
  • The pointwise bound is claimed for k≥1k\ge1k≥1. The infinite series is stated through all its partial sums ∑k=1K\sum_{k=1}^K∑k=1K​, which is equivalent for nonnegative terms and avoids the junk value of an unconditional tsum.

Dropping the first-step hypothesis would make the goal false, since x1x_1x1​ would then be arbitrary; stating the bound in terms of E(1)\mathcal E(1)E(1) instead of ∥x0−x⋆∥2\|x_0-x^\star\|^2∥x0​−x⋆∥2 would be a different, weaker theorem. Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, and EReal bookkeeping lemmas for coefficient-weighted inequalities that are reusable for other accelerated proximal methods.

Selected references

  • W. Su, S. Boyd, E. J. Candès, A Differential Equation for Modeling Nesterov's Accelerated Gradient Method: Theory and Insights, J. Mach. Learn. Res. 17(153), 2016; arXiv:1503.01243v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1503.01243
  • A. Beck, M. Teboulle, A Fast Iterative Shrinkage-Thresholding Algorithm for Linear Inverse Problems, SIAM J. Imaging Sci. 2(1), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/080716542
  • Y. Nesterov, A method of solving a convex programming problem with convergence rate O(1/k²), Soviet Math. Dokl. 27, 1983.
  • A. Chambolle, Ch. Dossal, On the convergence of the iterates of the "fast iterative shrinkage/thresholding algorithm", J. Optim. Theory Appl. 166, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10957-015-0746-4
  • H. Attouch, J. Peypouquet, The rate of convergence of Nesterov's accelerated forward-backward method is actually faster than 1/k², SIAM J. Optim. 26(3), 2016. https://doi.org/10.1137/15M1046095
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Accelerated Gradient Methods for Nonconvex Nonlinear and Stochastic Programming 2: One Aggressive Stepsize Policy Drives the AG Gradient Mapping to Zero on Nonconvex Composite ProblemsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in statistics, signal processing and machine learning have the form "smooth loss plus simple non-smooth term": a differentiable data-fit term together with a constraint set or a sparsity-inducing penalty such as the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ norm. When the loss is convex, Nesterov's accelerated gradient (AG) method and its proximal variants are known to be optimal among first-order methods: after NNN iterations the optimality gap is O(L/N2)O(L/N^2)O(L/N2), against O(L/N)O(L/N)O(L/N) for plain proximal gradient (Nesterov 1983, reference [24] of the paper; Beck & Teboulle 2009). When the loss is nonconvex, the classical accelerated schemes come with no convergence guarantee at all, and practitioners must choose between a method that is fast on convex problems and one that is guaranteed to make progress on nonconvex ones.

Ghadimi and Lan (arXiv:1310.3787v1, 2013; Math. Program. 156, 2016) proposed a single AG scheme that does both. This mission formalizes their result for composite problems (§2.2, Theorem 2), where the smooth part is split into a possibly nonconvex piece with Lipschitz constant LfL_fLf​ and a convex piece, and a non-smooth convex term is handled through a proximal step. The theorem shows that one aggressive step-size policy, the one that is optimal in the convex case, still drives a stationarity measure to zero when the smooth part is nonconvex.

Setting

Work in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean norm. The problem (1.3) is

min⁡x∈Rn Φ(x):=Ψ(x)+X(x),Ψ=f+h,\min_{x\in\mathbb R^n}\ \Phi(x):=\Psi(x)+\mathcal X(x),\qquad \Psi=f+h,x∈Rnmin​ Φ(x):=Ψ(x)+X(x),Ψ=f+h,

where:

  • f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R is differentiable with LfL_fLf​-Lipschitz gradient and may be nonconvex;
  • h:Rn→Rh:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rh:Rn→R is convex and differentiable with LhL_hLh​-Lipschitz gradient, so Ψ\PsiΨ has LΨL_\PsiLΨ​-Lipschitz gradient with LΨ=Lf+LhL_\Psi=L_f+L_hLΨ​=Lf​+Lh​;
  • X\mathcal XX is a convex, possibly non-smooth function with bounded domain K={u:X(u)<+∞}K=\{u:\mathcal X(u)<+\infty\}K={u:X(u)<+∞}, for instance the indicator of a convex compact set, or that indicator plus ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​.

The prox map (2.37) is

P(x,y,c)=argmin⁡u∈Rn{⟨y,u⟩+12c∥u−x∥2+X(u)},c>0,\mathcal P(x,y,c)=\operatorname*{argmin}_{u\in\mathbb R^n}\Big\{\langle y,u\rangle+\frac1{2c}\|u-x\|^2+\mathcal X(u)\Big\},\qquad c>0,P(x,y,c)=u∈Rnargmin​{⟨y,u⟩+2c1​∥u−x∥2+X(u)},c>0,

and the gradient mapping (2.38) is G(x,y,c)=1c[x−P(x,y,c)]\mathcal G(x,y,c)=\frac1c[x-\mathcal P(x,y,c)]G(x,y,c)=c1​[x−P(x,y,c)]. With y=∇Ψ(x)y=\nabla\Psi(x)y=∇Ψ(x) it reduces to ∇Ψ(x)\nabla\Psi(x)∇Ψ(x) when X≡0\mathcal X\equiv0X≡0, and a small ∥G∥\|\mathcal G\|∥G∥ certifies approximate stationarity of (1.3). Assumption 2 asks for a constant MMM with ∥P(x,y,c)∥≤M\|\mathcal P(x,y,c)\|\le M∥P(x,y,c)∥≤M for all x,yx,yx,y and c>0c>0c>0; it holds whenever X\mathcal XX is proper, closed, convex with bounded domain (Lemma 2).

Algorithm 2 takes step sizes with α1=1\alpha_1=1α1​=1, αk∈(0,1)\alpha_k\in(0,1)αk​∈(0,1) for k≥2k\ge2k≥2, βk>0\beta_k>0βk​>0, λk>0\lambda_k>0λk​>0, starts from x0=x0agx_0=x^{ag}_0x0​=x0ag​, and for k≥1k\ge1k≥1 sets

xkmd=(1−αk)xk−1ag+αkxk−1,xk=P(xk−1,∇Ψ(xkmd),λk),xkag=P(xkmd,∇Ψ(xkmd),βk).x^{md}_k=(1-\alpha_k)x^{ag}_{k-1}+\alpha_kx_{k-1},\quad x_k=\mathcal P\big(x_{k-1},\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_k),\lambda_k\big),\quad x^{ag}_k=\mathcal P\big(x^{md}_k,\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_k),\beta_k\big).xkmd​=(1−αk​)xk−1ag​+αk​xk−1​,xk​=P(xk−1​,∇Ψ(xkmd​),λk​),xkag​=P(xkmd​,∇Ψ(xkmd​),βk​).

The weights are Γ1=1\Gamma_1=1Γ1​=1, Γk=(1−αk)Γk−1\Gamma_k=(1-\alpha_k)\Gamma_{k-1}Γk​=(1−αk​)Γk−1​ (2.6).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 11)

Fix N≥1N\ge1N≥1 and assume, for k=1,…,Nk=1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N,

αkλk≤βk<1LΨ  (2.9),α1λ1Γ1≥α2λ2Γ2≥⋯  (2.10).\alpha_k\lambda_k\le\beta_k<\frac1{L_\Psi}\ \ (2.9),\qquad \frac{\alpha_1}{\lambda_1\Gamma_1}\ge\frac{\alpha_2}{\lambda_2\Gamma_2}\ge\cdots\ \ (2.10).αk​λk​≤βk​<LΨ​1​  (2.9),λ1​Γ1​α1​​≥λ2​Γ2​α2​​≥⋯  (2.10).

Let x∗x^*x∗ be an optimal solution of (1.3). Then

min⁡k=1,…,N∥G(xkmd,∇Ψ(xkmd),βk)∥2≤2[∑k=1NΓk−1βk(1−LΨβk)]−1[∥x0−x∗∥22λ1+LfΓN(∥x∗∥2+2M2)],(2.44)\min_{k=1,\dots,N}\big\|\mathcal G(x^{md}_k,\nabla\Psi(x^{md}_k),\beta_k)\big\|^2\le2\Big[\sum_{k=1}^N\Gamma_k^{-1}\beta_k(1-L_\Psi\beta_k)\Big]^{-1}\Big[\frac{\|x_0-x^*\|^2}{2\lambda_1}+\frac{L_f}{\Gamma_N}\big(\|x^*\|^2+2M^2\big)\Big],\tag{2.44}k=1,…,Nmin​​G(xkmd​,∇Ψ(xkmd​),βk​)​2≤2[k=1∑N​Γk−1​βk​(1−LΨ​βk​)]−1[2λ1​∥x0​−x∗∥2​+ΓN​Lf​​(∥x∗∥2+2M2)],(2.44)

and, if Lf=0L_f=0Lf​=0,

Φ(xNag)−Φ(x∗)≤ΓN∥x0−x∗∥22λ1.(2.45)\Phi(x^{ag}_N)-\Phi(x^*)\le\frac{\Gamma_N\|x_0-x^*\|^2}{2\lambda_1}.\tag{2.45}Φ(xNag​)−Φ(x∗)≤2λ1​ΓN​∥x0​−x∗∥2​.(2.45)

The goal is stated for general step sizes, so it does not hard-code the constants of a particular policy; Corollary 2 (the policy αk=2/(k+1)\alpha_k=2/(k+1)αk​=2/(k+1), βk=1/(2LΨ)\beta_k=1/(2L_\Psi)βk​=1/(2LΨ​), λk=kβk/2\lambda_k=k\beta_k/2λk​=kβk​/2) is a specialization left for follow-up work.

Milestones

In the order of the proof: Lemma 1 (unrolling a Γk\Gamma_kΓk​-weighted recursion) and (2.16); the identity (2.42) linking G\mathcal GG to xkmd−xkagx^{md}_k-x^{ag}_kxkmd​−xkag​; Lemma 5, the two-sided bound −Lf2∥y−x∥2≤Ψ(y)−Ψ(x)−⟨∇Ψ(x),y−x⟩≤LΨ2∥y−x∥2-\frac{L_f}2\|y-x\|^2\le\Psi(y)-\Psi(x)-\langle\nabla\Psi(x),y-x\rangle\le\frac{L_\Psi}2\|y-x\|^2−2Lf​​∥y−x∥2≤Ψ(y)−Ψ(x)−⟨∇Ψ(x),y−x⟩≤2LΨ​​∥y−x∥2; the descent bound (2.46) (already proved on the platform); the one-step inequalities (2.47)–(2.51); the summed inequality after (2.51); and the bounds (2.52)–(2.53).

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 gives a uniform treatment of convex and nonconvex composite problems. The same step sizes yield the optimal O(LΨ∥x0−x∗∥2/N2)O(L_\Psi\|x_0-x^*\|^2/N^2)O(LΨ​∥x0​−x∗∥2/N2) optimality gap when fff is affine, and a bound on the gradient mapping when fff is nonconvex. Under Corollary 2's policy that bound gives an iteration count of O(LΨ2/3/ϵ1/3+LΨLf/ϵ)O(L_\Psi^{2/3}/\epsilon^{1/3}+L_\Psi L_f/\epsilon)O(LΨ2/3​/ϵ1/3+LΨ​Lf​/ϵ) for ∥G∥2≤ϵ\|\mathcal G\|^2\le\epsilon∥G∥2≤ϵ, which depends on the Lipschitz constant LhL_hLh​ of the convex part more mildly than projected gradient does. The proof template (a weighted Lyapunov argument in which the nonconvexity appears only through LfL_fLf​) recurs in later stochastic and variance-reduced accelerated methods, including the paper's own Theorem 4.

Formalizing it. The result has been proved and refereed since 2016. As far as is known it has not been formalized in any proof assistant, and the platform holds no accelerated method with a nonconvex guarantee. A complete development would give a machine-checked proximal three-point inequality for convex functions on a convex domain, a checked composite AG analysis, and a checked version of Lemma 5. These are reusable pieces for any accelerated proximal method.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to copy the convex analysis of accelerated methods. It breaks at the convexity step: the bound Ψ(xkmd)≤(1−αk)Ψ(xk−1ag)+αkΨ(x)+…\Psi(x^{md}_k)\le(1-\alpha_k)\Psi(x^{ag}_{k-1})+\alpha_k\Psi(x)+\dotsΨ(xkmd​)≤(1−αk​)Ψ(xk−1ag​)+αk​Ψ(x)+… needs convexity of Ψ\PsiΨ, which is now available only up to LfL_fLf​-quadratic errors. Those errors involve ∥xkmd−x∥\|x^{md}_k-x\|∥xkmd​−x∥ and ∥xk−1ag−xk−1∥\|x^{ag}_{k-1}-x_{k-1}\|∥xk−1ag​−xk−1​∥, which do not telescope and are not controlled by the usual potential; without some a priori bound on the iterates they can grow with NNN. A formal proof also has to track the extended-valued X\mathcal XX carefully, since its convexity is used only at points of its domain, and the first iteration, where x0ag=x0x^{ag}_0=x_0x0ag​=x0​ is not a prox output.

Formalization scope

  • Space. Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). Smoothness of fff and hhh is the platform's ConvexOptAlg.SmoothGD.IsBetaSmooth (differentiable with an explicit gradient map, Lipschitz gradient, nonnegative constant). Ψ\PsiΨ and ∇Ψ\nabla\Psi∇Ψ are written as f+hf+hf+h and ∇f+∇h\nabla f+\nabla h∇f+∇h.
  • The convex term. X\mathcal XX is represented by its domain K and its finite values X : E n → ℝ on K, with ConvexOn ℝ K X. Points outside K never enter: Φ\PhiΦ is compared only on K, x∗x^*x∗ is optimal over K, and (2.48)–(2.51) quantify over x∈Kx\in Kx∈K. A real-valued X\mathcal XX on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn is ruled out, because Assumption 2 is then unsatisfiable (P(x,y,c)→x\mathcal P(x,y,c)\to xP(x,y,c)→x as c→0c\to0c→0) and the goal would hold vacuously.
  • The prox map is a function P x y c with the hypothesis IsProxMap K X P: for every c>0c>0c>0, P x y c ∈ K and it minimizes the prox objective over K. Without this minimizer hypothesis the three-point inequalities and the goal are false, so it cannot be dropped.
  • Indexing is 1-based as in the paper. Γk=∏i=2k(1−αi)\Gamma_k=\prod_{i=2}^k(1-\alpha_i)Γk​=∏i=2k​(1−αi​), so Γ1=1\Gamma_1=1Γ1​=1. The minimum in (2.44) is Finset.inf' over {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N}. Conditions (2.9)–(2.10) are imposed for k=1,…,Nk=1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N, and βk<1/LΨ\beta_k<1/L_\Psiβk​<1/LΨ​ is written LΨβk<1L_\Psi\beta_k<1LΨ​βk​<1.
  • One added hypothesis, ∥x0∥≤M\|x_0\|\le M∥x0​∥≤M. The paper uses it silently in (2.52) at k=1k=1k=1; it holds whenever x0∈dom⁡Xx_0\in\operatorname{dom}\mathcal Xx0​∈domX.
  • A typo is corrected. (2.53) prints ∥x0−x∥2\|x_0-x\|^2∥x0​−x∥2 after substituting x=x∗x=x^*x=x∗; the Lean states ∥x0−x∗∥2\|x_0-x^*\|^2∥x0​−x∗∥2.

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone. The three-point inequality (2.48)–(2.49) and Lemma 5 are self-contained and reusable. Also welcome: a proof of Lemma 2 (bounded domain implies Assumption 2), and Corollary 2 as a follow-up statement.

Selected references

  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Accelerated Gradient Methods for Nonconvex Nonlinear and Stochastic Programming, arXiv:1310.3787v1, 2013; Math. Program. 156 (2016) 59–99. https://arxiv.org/abs/1310.3787v1 · https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-015-0871-8
  • A. Beck, M. Teboulle, A Fast Iterative Shrinkage-Thresholding Algorithm for Linear Inverse Problems, SIAM J. Imaging Sci. 2 (2009) 183–202. https://doi.org/10.1137/080716542
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, H. Zhang, Mini-batch stochastic approximation methods for nonconvex stochastic composite optimization, Math. Program. 155 (2016) 267–305 (reference [13] of the paper: the projected-gradient bound compared against). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-014-0846-1
  • S. Ghadimi, G. Lan, Optimal stochastic approximation algorithms for strongly convex stochastic composite optimization, I: a generic algorithmic framework, SIAM J. Optim. 22 (2012) 1469–1492 (reference [11] of the paper; its Lemma 2 is the three-point inequality (2.48)–(2.49)). https://doi.org/10.1137/110848864
17 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Linear Convergence of Gradient and Proximal-Gradient Methods Under the Polyak-Łojasiewicz Condition I: Gradient Descent with Step 1/L Satisfies f(x_k) − f* ≤ (1 − μ/L)^k (f(x_0) − f*)Research Paper

Motivation

Gradient descent is often introduced with strong convexity as the condition that gives a geometric reduction in objective error. That condition excludes useful smooth objectives whose minimizer is not unique and some nonconvex objectives. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt place the Polyak–Łojasiewicz inequality at the center of a more general account: it controls the objective gap using the squared gradient norm without requiring convexity. Their paper uses it to analyze gradient, coordinate, stochastic, and proximal gradient methods, and identifies settings including least squares and logistic regression in which the condition is useful. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt, §1–2

This mission isolates the paper's first rate theorem and its immediate analytic setting. The question is whether the ordinary gradient step with length 1/L1/L1/L has a global geometric rate when the objective has a Lipschitz gradient, attains its minimum, and satisfies the PL inequality. The claim applies to every initial point, even when the function is nonconvex. It also gives a precise test case for deciding which properties of smoothness and optimality must be represented explicitly in Lean. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt, Theorem 1, p. 2

Setting

Let ddd be a natural number and let f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R be a differentiable objective. Its gradient at xxx is ∇f(x)\nabla f(x)∇f(x), with the Euclidean norm and inner product denoted by ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ and ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩. An LLL-Lipschitz gradient means that ∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le L\|x-y\|∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤L∥x−y∥ for every x,yx,yx,y, with L>0L>0L>0. The corresponding quadratic upper bound is the paper's inequality (2):

f(y)≤f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+L2∥y−x∥2.f(y)\le f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+\frac L2\|y-x\|^2.f(y)≤f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+2L​∥y−x∥2.

The optimization problem is unconstrained. It has a nonempty set of solutions: choose a global minimizer x∗x^*x∗, so f(x∗)≤f(y)f(x^*)\le f(y)f(x∗)≤f(y) for every yyy, and write f∗=f(x∗)f^*=f(x^*)f∗=f(x∗). This notation ties the reference value to an attained optimum. The PL inequality with constant μ>0\mu>0μ>0 is

12∥∇f(x)∥2≥μ(f(x)−f∗)for every x∈Rd.\frac12\|\nabla f(x)\|^2\ge\mu\bigl(f(x)-f^*\bigr) \qquad\text{for every }x\in\mathbb R^d.21​∥∇f(x)∥2≥μ(f(x)−f∗)for every x∈Rd.

Given any starting point x0x_0x0​, the gradient descent run is the sequence specified by xk+1=xk−L−1∇f(xk)x_{k+1}=x_k-L^{-1}\nabla f(x_k)xk+1​=xk​−L−1∇f(xk​). The term “linear convergence” here refers to a geometric bound on the difference in objective values, not to a claim that the points xkx_kxk​ approach a particular minimizer. Multiple minimizers are allowed. These conventions are those of §2 and Theorem 1 of the source. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt, p. 2

Formalization targets

Gradient descent at step size 1/L1/L1/L

The mission goal is the paper's Theorem 1. For every starting point and every k∈Nk\in\mathbb Nk∈N,

f(xk)−f∗≤(1−μL)k(f(x0)−f∗).f(x_k)-f^*\le\left(1-\frac\mu L\right)^k\bigl(f(x_0)-f^*\bigr).f(xk​)−f∗≤(1−Lμ​)k(f(x0​)−f∗).

The target includes the gradient update itself. Its three milestones record the source's analytic path: the quadratic upper bound (2) from the Lipschitz gradient assumption, the one-step decrease displayed in the proof, and the one-step PL contraction displayed immediately afterwards. The latter two are linked to proved platform theorems whose exact-gradient specializations give the source's displays. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt, Theorem 1 and proof, p. 2

Nearby consequences

The mission also states the paper's observation that an exact line search over all real step sizes has the same function-value rate. Two companion claims record that a stationary point under PL is a global minimizer, and that μ\muμ-strong convexity implies PL with the same μ\muμ. These claims locate the rate theorem among the conditions discussed in §2.2 and Appendix B; they are separate from the goal and its milestone list. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt, pp. 3, 14

Significance

The rate bounds the objective error at each finite iteration, with an explicit factor 1−μ/L1-\mu/L1−μ/L. It explains why uniqueness of the minimizer and convexity are not prerequisites for this particular function-value guarantee. It does not by itself assert a rate for the distance to the solution set, a rate for individual iterates, or convergence to a uniquely determined point. The strong-convexity companion shows that the classical strongly convex case fits inside the same PL framework. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt, §§2–2.2 and Appendix B

For formalization, the mission adds the precise bridge from a literal Lipschitz-gradient hypothesis to the quadratic upper-bound form used by the existing step results. It also states the complete source theorem with an attained optimum, a genuine gradient, and the update rule, rather than treating any reference value or gradient-like map as interchangeable with those objects. The two published one-step theorems are already machine checked on Prove2Me; the five source-specific draft statements in this proposal remain targets until their proofs are supplied and verified. This distinction matters because the previously published geometric-rate theorem assumes μ≤L\mu\le Lμ≤L, while Theorem 1 does not state that restriction.

Difficulty

Smoothness controls the change in fff during a gradient step through the size of the gradient. A geometric rate needs the change to be related to the remaining objective gap. That relation does not follow from smoothness alone; the PL inequality supplies the additional control. Another issue is that the factor 1−μ/L1-\mu/L1−μ/L may be negative if μ>L\mu>Lμ>L. The source does not exclude that parameter range, so the formal theorem must handle it without inserting an extra hypothesis. An exact line search raises a distinct issue: its asserted minimum along a line must be attained, and the chosen next iterate must be a point realizing it. Karimi, Nutini, and Schmidt, Theorem 1 and following paragraph, pp. 2–3

Formalization scope

Lean represents Rd\mathbb R^dRd as EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so d=0d=0d=0 is included and denotes a one-point space. It uses Mathlib's gradient on an explicitly differentiable fff, ordinary real scalars and norms, and a sequence indexed by natural numbers. The fixed step is written with 1/L1/L1/L and requires L>0L>0L>0. The minimizer witness x∗x^*x∗ and its global-minimality property are explicit; the PL predicate uses exactly f(x∗)f(x^*)f(x∗) as its reference value. The PL inequality is represented in the equivalent form 2μ(f(x)−f(x∗))≤∥∇f(x)∥22\mu(f(x)-f(x^*))\le\|\nabla f(x)\|^22μ(f(x)−f(x∗))≤∥∇f(x)∥2. The goal assumes the literal Lipschitz bound on gradients; equation (2) is a milestone conclusion. No convexity and no condition μ≤L\mu\le Lμ≤L are added.

The exact line-search companion quantifies over every real step size and requires an attained minimizing iterate. The stationary-point consequence retains differentiability but does not need the LLL-Lipschitz gradient bound. The strong-convexity companion uses the first inequality in Appendix A and the implication in Appendix B, with the same μ\muμ on both sides. The shared ShiOptRates predicates for the quadratic upper bound and PL inequality are referenced as published definitions. Useful contributions include proofs of the Lipschitz-to-quadratic-bound bridge and the paper-specific results, as well as reusable facts about gradients on Euclidean spaces. A freely chosen f∗f^*f∗ or a default value of gradient at a nondifferentiable point would change the mathematical claim; the goal excludes both.

Selected references

  • H. Karimi, J. Nutini, and M. Schmidt, Linear Convergence of Gradient and Proximal-Gradient Methods Under the Polyak–Łojasiewicz Condition, ECML PKDD, 2016; arXiv:1608.04636v4. This mission cites the pinned preprint's pp. 2–3, 11, and 14.
5 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Machine LearningOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic First- and Zeroth-Order Methods for Nonconvex Stochastic Programming 1: The Randomized Stochastic Gradient Method Has (1/L)E‖∇f(x_R)‖² ≤ (D_f² + σ²Σγ_k²)/Σ(2γ_k − Lγ_k²)Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic gradient methods are the standard tool for minimizing an objective that can only be accessed through noisy gradient samples. Training a machine-learning model on sampled data, simulation-based optimization, and stochastic programs with endogenous uncertainty are all of this kind. In many of these applications the objective is nonconvex: the loss or the regularizer of a learning problem may be nonconvex, as may the expected cost of a simulation model.

Before 2013 the complexity theory of stochastic approximation (SA) was essentially a convex theory. Robbins and Monro (1951) introduced the method. Polyak and Juditsky (1992) and Nemirovski, Juditsky, Lan and Shapiro (2009) established optimal rates for convex problems, and Lan (2012) unified the smooth, nonsmooth and stochastic convex cases. None of these results covered nonconvex objectives. Ghadimi and Lan (2013) gave the first non-asymptotic complexity bound for a stochastic gradient method on a smooth nonconvex problem. The bound is stated for the expected squared gradient norm at a randomly chosen iterate, and it is the result this mission formalizes.

Setting

The problem is

f∗=inf⁡x∈Rnf(x),f^*=\inf_{x\in\mathbb R^n} f(x),f∗=x∈Rninf​f(x),

where f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R is differentiable and bounded below, and its gradient is LLL-Lipschitz: ∥∇f(y)−∇f(x)∥≤L∥y−x∥\|\nabla f(y)-\nabla f(x)\|\le L\|y-x\|∥∇f(y)−∇f(x)∥≤L∥y−x∥ for all x,yx,yx,y. This class is written CL1,1(Rn)\mathcal C^{1,1}_L(\mathbb R^n)CL1,1​(Rn). The function need not be convex.

The gradient is accessible only through a stochastic first-order oracle: at the kkk-th query point xkx_kxk​ it returns G(xk,ξk)G(x_k,\xi_k)G(xk​,ξk​), where ξ1,ξ2,…\xi_1,\xi_2,\dotsξ1​,ξ2​,… are random variables and GGG is a Borel function. Assumption A1 asks that for every k≥1k\ge1k≥1, conditionally on the past, G(xk,ξk)G(x_k,\xi_k)G(xk​,ξk​) is an unbiased estimate of ∇f(xk)\nabla f(x_k)∇f(xk​), and that its error δk=G(xk,ξk)−∇f(xk)\delta_k=G(x_k,\xi_k)-\nabla f(x_k)δk​=G(xk​,ξk​)−∇f(xk​) has second moment E∥δk∥2≤σ2\mathbb E\|\delta_k\|^2\le\sigma^2E∥δk​∥2≤σ2. The noise variables need not be independent of each other or of the iterates.

The randomized stochastic gradient (RSG) method takes an initial point x1x_1x1​, an iteration limit NNN, stepsizes γk\gamma_kγk​ and a probability mass function PRP_RPR​ on {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N}. It draws a random index R∼PRR\sim P_RR∼PR​, runs

xk+1=xk−γk G(xk,ξk),k=1,…,R,x_{k+1}=x_k-\gamma_k\,G(x_k,\xi_k),\qquad k=1,\dots,R,xk+1​=xk​−γk​G(xk​,ξk​),k=1,…,R,

and outputs xRx_RxR​. The mass function used in the main theorem is

PR(k)=2γk−Lγk2∑j=1N(2γj−Lγj2),k=1,…,N.P_R(k)=\frac{2\gamma_k-L\gamma_k^2}{\sum_{j=1}^N(2\gamma_j-L\gamma_j^2)},\qquad k=1,\dots,N.PR​(k)=∑j=1N​(2γj​−Lγj2​)2γk​−Lγk2​​,k=1,…,N.

The constants are Df=[2(f(x1)−f∗)/L]1/2D_f=[2(f(x_1)-f^*)/L]^{1/2}Df​=[2(f(x1​)−f∗)/L]1/2 and, in the convex case with minimizer x∗x^*x∗, DX=∥x1−x∗∥D_X=\|x_1-x^*\|DX​=∥x1​−x∗∥.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1 a)

If 0<γk<2/L0<\gamma_k<2/L0<γk​<2/L for k=1,…,Nk=1,\dots,Nk=1,…,N, N≥1N\ge1N≥1, and RRR has the mass function above, then under Assumption A1

1L E[∥∇f(xR)∥2]≤Df2+σ2∑k=1Nγk2∑k=1N(2γk−Lγk2),\frac1L\,\mathbb E\big[\|\nabla f(x_R)\|^2\big]\le\frac{D_f^2+\sigma^2\sum_{k=1}^N\gamma_k^2}{\sum_{k=1}^N(2\gamma_k-L\gamma_k^2)},L1​E[∥∇f(xR​)∥2]≤∑k=1N​(2γk​−Lγk2​)Df2​+σ2∑k=1N​γk2​​,

where the expectation is over RRR and the noise. Any stepsize sequence below 2/L2/L2/L is allowed, so the goal does not fix a step rule, and the step rules of the paper's corollaries follow from it.

Milestones

  1. The quadratic bound (1.6): ∣f(y)−f(x)−⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩∣≤L2∥y−x∥2|f(y)-f(x)-\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle|\le\frac L2\|y-x\|^2∣f(y)−f(x)−⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩∣≤2L​∥y−x∥2 (already proved on the platform).
  2. The one-step inequality (2.8) and its pathwise sum (2.9).
  3. The conditional mean-zero property (2.10), E[⟨∇f(xk),δk⟩∣ξ[k−1]]=0\mathbb E[\langle\nabla f(x_k),\delta_k\rangle\mid\xi_{[k-1]}]=0E[⟨∇f(xk​),δk​⟩∣ξ[k−1]​]=0.
  4. The averaged bound (2.11), ∑k(γk−L2γk2) E∥∇f(xk)∥2≤f(x1)−f∗+Lσ22∑kγk2\sum_k(\gamma_k-\frac L2\gamma_k^2)\,\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2\le f(x_1)-f^*+\frac{L\sigma^2}{2}\sum_k\gamma_k^2∑k​(γk​−2L​γk2​)E∥∇f(xk​)∥2≤f(x1​)−f∗+2Lσ2​∑k​γk2​.
  5. The weighting identity: E∥∇f(xR)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_R)\|^2E∥∇f(xR​)∥2 equals the PRP_RPR​-weighted average of E∥∇f(xk)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2E∥∇f(xk​)∥2.
  6. For the convex companion: co-coercivity (1.8) (already proved on the platform) and its consequence (2.12), 1L∥∇f(y)∥2≤⟨∇f(y),y−x∗⟩\frac1L\|\nabla f(y)\|^2\le\langle\nabla f(y),y-x^*\rangleL1​∥∇f(y)∥2≤⟨∇f(y),y−x∗⟩ when ∇f(x∗)=0\nabla f(x^*)=0∇f(x∗)=0.

Companion statements

Theorem 2.1 b) bounds E[f(xR)−f∗]\mathbb E[f(x_R)-f^*]E[f(xR​)−f∗] by (DX2+σ2∑γk2)/∑(2γk−Lγk2)(D_X^2+\sigma^2\sum\gamma_k^2)/\sum(2\gamma_k-L\gamma_k^2)(DX2​+σ2∑γk2​)/∑(2γk​−Lγk2​) when fff is convex with a minimizer. Corollary 2.2 specializes both bounds to the stepsizes γk=min⁡{1/L,D~/(σN)}\gamma_k=\min\{1/L,\tilde D/(\sigma\sqrt N)\}γk​=min{1/L,D~/(σN​)}:

1L E∥∇f(xR)∥2≤LDf2N+(D~+Df2D~)σN,\frac1L\,\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_R)\|^2\le\frac{LD_f^2}{N}+\Big(\tilde D+\frac{D_f^2}{\tilde D}\Big)\frac{\sigma}{\sqrt N},L1​E∥∇f(xR​)∥2≤NLDf2​​+(D~+D~Df2​​)N​σ​,

and the analogous bound with DXD_XDX​ for E[f(xR)−f∗]\mathbb E[f(x_R)-f^*]E[f(xR​)−f∗] in the convex case.

Significance

Theorem 2.1 a) is the basic guarantee for stochastic gradient descent on smooth nonconvex objectives. With the stepsizes of Corollary 2.2 it shows that O(σ2/ϵ2)O(\sigma^2/\epsilon^2)O(σ2/ϵ2) oracle calls suffice to reach E∥∇f(xR)∥2≤ϵ\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_R)\|^2\le\epsilonE∥∇f(xR​)∥2≤ϵ. The paper builds two further methods on it: a two-phase variant with large-deviation guarantees, and a zeroth-order variant (RSGF) that uses Gaussian smoothing when only function values are available. Later analyses of variance-reduced and adaptive stochastic methods for nonconvex problems measure their improvements against this bound.

The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. A formalized fixed-step bound of the form "some iterate among the first KKK has small expected squared gradient" exists, but it is a different statement: it has no randomized output and no general stepsizes. A complete formalization would check the measure-theoretic content that the paper treats informally: integrability of the iterates' gradients, the conditional-expectation step under dependent noise, and the role of the independence of RRR.

Difficulty

The algebra of (2.8)–(2.9) is routine. The difficulty is in the probability. The noise may depend on the past, so the cross term ⟨∇f(xk),δk⟩\langle\nabla f(x_k),\delta_k\rangle⟨∇f(xk​),δk​⟩ vanishes only in conditional expectation, and only once xkx_kxk​ is known to be measurable with respect to the past. Its integrability is not assumed anywhere: ∇f(xk)\nabla f(x_k)∇f(xk​) must be shown to have a finite second moment from the recursion, the Lipschitz gradient and Assumption A1. The randomized output adds a second step, where E∥∇f(xR)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_R)\|^2E∥∇f(xR​)∥2 is rewritten as a weighted average. This needs RRR independent of the noise, and ∥∇f(xk)∥2\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2∥∇f(xk​)∥2 has to be exhibited as a measurable function of the noise sequence. A proof that replaces xRx_RxR​ by the deterministic weighted average skips exactly this step.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). f∈CL1,1f\in\mathcal C^{1,1}_Lf∈CL1,1​ is the published predicate ConvexOptAlg.SmoothGD.IsBetaSmooth f g L, with the gradient given as a map ggg. f∗f^*f∗ is the greatest lower bound of the range of fff, not an arbitrary lower bound.
  • Indices are 1-based. The iterates satisfy x1x_1x1​ given and xk+1=xk−γkG(xk,ξk)x_{k+1}=x_k-\gamma_kG(x_k,\xi_k)xk+1​=xk​−γk​G(xk​,ξk​) for k≥1k\ge1k≥1, pointwise on the sample space. The noise takes values in a general measurable space.
  • Assumption A1 is stated along the trajectory and in conditional form, with respect to any filtration to which the noise is adapted. The paper's history filtration σ(ξ1,…,ξk)\sigma(\xi_1,\dots,\xi_k)σ(ξ1​,…,ξk​) is one admissible choice. Every conditional expectation and every integral in a hypothesis comes with an integrability clause. Every bounded expectation in a conclusion comes with an integrability conjunct.
  • The output index RRR is a measurable random variable with values in {1,…,N}\{1,\dots,N\}{1,…,N} and law PRP_RPR​. It is assumed independent of the whole noise sequence; the paper leaves this implicit (Step 0 draws RRR before any oracle call).
  • Added hypotheses, all implicit on the page: L>0L>0L>0; γk>0\gamma_k>0γk​>0; independence of RRR. In Corollary 2.2 the stepsize (2.13) is read as γk=1/L\gamma_k=1/Lγk​=1/L when σ=0\sigma=0σ=0, the paper's convention D~/0=+∞\tilde D/0=+\inftyD~/0=+∞, because Lean's D~/0=0\tilde D/0=0D~/0=0 would otherwise give γk=0\gamma_k=0γk​=0.
  • The goal concerns the integral of ∥∇f(xR(ω)(ω))∥2\|\nabla f(x_{R(\omega)}(\omega))\|^2∥∇f(xR(ω)​(ω))∥2 over the sample space. A statement about the weighted sum of E∥∇f(xk)∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla f(x_k)\|^2E∥∇f(xk​)∥2 with RRR removed, or one that drops the integrability conjunct, would trivialize the randomized output and does not formalize the goal.
  • Infrastructure: measurability of the iterates as functions of the noise, the pull-out property of conditional expectation for inner products, and a second-moment induction along the recursion. These are reusable for the paper's two-phase and zeroth-order methods and for other stochastic-approximation analyses. Proofs of any milestone, or of the integrability lemmas on their own, are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Ghadimi and G. Lan, Stochastic first- and zeroth-order methods for nonconvex stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 23(4), 2341–2368, 2013. Preprint arXiv:1309.5549v1 (cited version). https://arxiv.org/abs/1309.5549
  • H. Robbins and S. Monro, A stochastic approximation method, Ann. Math. Statist. 22(3), 400–407, 1951. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
  • B. T. Polyak and A. B. Juditsky, Acceleration of stochastic approximation by averaging, SIAM J. Control Optim. 30(4), 838–855, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1137/0330046
  • A. Nemirovski, A. Juditsky, G. Lan and A. Shapiro, Robust stochastic approximation approach to stochastic programming, SIAM J. Optim. 19(4), 1574–1609, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/070704277
  • G. Lan, An optimal method for stochastic composite optimization, Math. Program. 133, 365–397, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-010-0434-y
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A game-theoretic approach to computation offloading in mobile cloud computing II: The VI Map of the Offloading GNEP Is Monotone When the Cloudlet Is Not OverloadedResearch Paper

Motivation

Mobile devices run applications whose computational demand often exceeds what a battery-powered processor can serve with acceptable delay. Computation offloading sends part of the work elsewhere: to a cloudlet, a small cluster of servers one wireless hop away, or to a distant cloud reached through the wide-area network. When many users share one cloudlet, each user's response time depends on how much the others offload, and selfish users interact strategically. Cardellini, De Nitto Personé, Di Valerio, Facchinei, Grassi, Lo Presti and Piccialli (Math. Program., 2016) model this interaction as a generalized Nash equilibrium problem (GNEP): every user minimises its own expected cost, and all users share a coupling constraint that caps the cloudlet's utilisation.

The paper computes equilibria through a variational inequality (VI) reformulation and, for distributed computation, through an extended game with a price player. The convergence of the methods it relies on (proximal-point and best-response schemes for monotone VIs, see Facchinei and Pang, 2003) requires the VI map to be monotone. This mission formalizes the paper's Theorem 1, which gives an explicit, checkable condition on the model's parameters under which that map is monotone.

Setting

There are NNN users u=1,…,Nu=1,\dots,Nu=1,…,N. Each user splits its task stream over three tiers I={m,clet,cloud}I=\{m,\mathit{clet},\mathit{cloud}\}I={m,clet,cloud} (own device, cloudlet, cloud) and chooses fractions xu=(xu,m,xu,clet,xu,cloud)x_u=(x_{u,m},x_{u,clet},x_{u,cloud})xu​=(xu,m​,xu,clet​,xu,cloud​); a strategy profile is x∈R3Nx\in\mathbb R^{3N}x∈R3N. The data are positive rates combined into αu,βu,γu,δu\alpha_u,\beta_u,\gamma_u,\delta_uαu​,βu​,γu​,δu​ (the traffic intensities a user generates on its device, the wireless link, the cloud path and the cloudlet), power parameters Pu,m,Pu,t,Pu,max⁡P_{u,m},P_{u,t},P_{u,\max}Pu,m​,Pu,t​,Pu,max​, the number nnn of cloudlet servers, the offloadable fraction χ∈(0,1]\chi\in(0,1]χ∈(0,1] and the utilisation cap Umax⁡U_{\max}Umax​.

The cloudlet load is 1n∑vδvxv,clet\frac1n\sum_v\delta_vx_{v,clet}n1​∑v​δv​xv,clet​ and D(x)=1−1n∑tδtxt,cletD(x)=1-\frac1n\sum_t\delta_tx_{t,clet}D(x)=1−n1​∑t​δt​xt,clet​. User uuu's private feasible set K~u\tilde K_uK~u​ consists of the xu≥0x_u\ge0xu​≥0 with ∑ixu,i=1\sum_{i}x_{u,i}=1∑i​xu,i​=1, xu,clet+xu,cloud≤χx_{u,clet}+x_{u,cloud}\le\chixu,clet​+xu,cloud​≤χ and the power budget αuPu,mxu,m+βuPu,t(xu,clet+xu,cloud)≤Pu,max⁡\alpha_uP_{u,m}x_{u,m}+\beta_uP_{u,t}(x_{u,clet}+x_{u,cloud})\le P_{u,\max}αu​Pu,m​xu,m​+βu​Pu,t​(xu,clet​+xu,cloud​)≤Pu,max​. The shared constraint is Ω={x:1n∑uδuxu,clet≤Umax⁡}\Omega=\{x:\frac1n\sum_u\delta_ux_{u,clet}\le U_{\max}\}Ω={x:n1​∑u​δu​xu,clet​≤Umax​}, and the joint feasible set is K=(∏uK~u)∩ΩK=(\prod_u\tilde K_u)\cap\OmegaK=(∏u​K~u​)∩Ω. User uuu minimises

λuRu(x)=αuxu,m1−αuxu,m+βuxu,clet+γuxu,cloud+δuxu,cletD(x).\lambda_uR_u(x)=\frac{\alpha_ux_{u,m}}{1-\alpha_ux_{u,m}}+\beta_ux_{u,clet}+\gamma_ux_{u,cloud}+\frac{\delta_ux_{u,clet}}{D(x)}.λu​Ru​(x)=1−αu​xu,m​αu​xu,m​​+βu​xu,clet​+γu​xu,cloud​+D(x)δu​xu,clet​​.

Assumption A requires Umax⁡U_{\max}Umax​ and all αu,δu\alpha_u,\delta_uαu​,δu​ to lie in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1).

The VI map F:R3N→R3NF:\mathbb R^{3N}\to\mathbb R^{3N}F:R3N→R3N stacks each user's gradient in its own variables:

F(x)u=(αu(1−αuxu,m)2, βu+δu1−1n∑v≠uδvxv,cletD(x)2, γu).F(x)_u=\Big(\frac{\alpha_u}{(1-\alpha_ux_{u,m})^2},\ \beta_u+\delta_u\frac{1-\frac1n\sum_{v\ne u}\delta_vx_{v,clet}}{D(x)^2},\ \gamma_u\Big).F(x)u​=((1−αu​xu,m​)2αu​​, βu​+δu​D(x)21−n1​∑v=u​δv​xv,clet​​, γu​).

FFF is monotone on KKK if (F(y)−F(x))⊤(y−x)≥0(F(y)-F(x))^\top(y-x)\ge0(F(y)−F(x))⊤(y−x)≥0 for all x,y∈Kx,y\in Kx,y∈K. Finally δmax⁡=max⁡uδu\delta_{\max}=\max_u\delta_uδmax​=maxu​δu​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

Under Assumption A, if

δmax⁡≤nNχ(1−Umax⁡),(18)\delta_{\max}\le\frac{n}{N\chi}(1-U_{\max}),\tag{18}δmax​≤Nχn​(1−Umax​),(18)

then FFF is monotone on KKK. The condition involves only the data of the game, so the goal is the paper's statement with no constant changed.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's argument in order.

  1. A map whose Jacobian is positive semidefinite on a convex set is monotone there (p. 12, citing Facchinei–Pang).
  2. The Jacobian JF(x)JF(x)JF(x) has the sparse structure (16), with nonzero entries AuA_uAu​, BuB_uBu​, BuvB_{uv}Buv​ given by (17).
  3. On KKK, JF(x)JF(x)JF(x) is positive semidefinite as soon as the symmetric part Bs=12(B⊤+B)B^s=\frac12(B^\top+B)Bs=21​(B⊤+B) of its clet block is.
  4. The identity (20): Bs=1nD2(δδ⊤∘(I+E+1nD(xcletδe⊤+e(xcletδ)⊤)))B^s=\frac1{nD^2}\big(\delta\delta^\top\circ(I+E+\frac1{nD}(x^\delta_{clet}e^\top+e(x^\delta_{clet})^\top))\big)Bs=nD21​(δδ⊤∘(I+E+nD1​(xcletδ​e⊤+e(xcletδ​)⊤))), with ∘\circ∘ the Hadamard product, EEE the all-ones matrix and xcletδ=(δuxu,clet)ux^\delta_{clet}=(\delta_ux_{u,clet})_uxcletδ​=(δu​xu,clet​)u​.
  5. The Schur product theorem (a published platform theorem).
  6. The characteristic polynomial (21) of ve⊤+ev⊤ve^\top+ev^\topve⊤+ev⊤, namely ηN−2(η2−2(e⊤v)η+(e⊤v)2−N∥v∥2)\eta^{N-2}(\eta^2-2(e^\top v)\eta+(e^\top v)^2-N\|v\|^2)ηN−2(η2−2(e⊤v)η+(e⊤v)2−N∥v∥2).
  7. The sufficient condition (22): 1nD(N∥xcletδ∥−e⊤xcletδ)≤1\frac1{nD}(\sqrt N\|x^\delta_{clet}\|-e^\top x^\delta_{clet})\le1nD1​(N​∥xcletδ​∥−e⊤xcletδ​)≤1 implies Bs⪰0B^s\succeq0Bs⪰0.
  8. The bound (23) on KKK: 1nD(N∥xcletδ∥−e⊤xcletδ)≤1nDδmax⁡χN(N−1)≤δmax⁡1−Umax⁡Nχn\frac1{nD}(\sqrt N\|x^\delta_{clet}\|-e^\top x^\delta_{clet})\le\frac1{nD}\delta_{\max}\chi\sqrt N(\sqrt N-1)\le\frac{\delta_{\max}}{1-U_{\max}}\frac{N\chi}{n}nD1​(N​∥xcletδ​∥−e⊤xcletδ​)≤nD1​δmax​χN​(N​−1)≤1−Umax​δmax​​nNχ​.

Significance

Theorem 1 is the hypothesis under which the rest of the paper operates. The extended game of §5.2 inherits the monotonicity properties of FFF (p. 14), and the distributed solution methods of §6 are designed for that monotone setting. Condition (18) translates monotonicity into a statement about the system: the largest per-user cloudlet traffic intensity must stay below a threshold that grows with the number nnn of servers and shrinks with NNN, χ\chiχ and Umax⁡U_{\max}Umax​. Remark 1 (p. 14) stresses that (18) is only sufficient.

The result is proved in the paper; this mission produces a machine-checked proof. On the way it yields statements reusable outside this model: the Jacobian criterion for monotonicity of a differentiable map on a convex set, and the spectrum of the symmetric rank-two matrix ve⊤+ev⊤ve^\top+ev^\topve⊤+ev⊤. None of these statements is on the platform; the Schur product theorem, which the proof also uses, is referenced as a published platform theorem.

Difficulty

The Jacobian JF(x)JF(x)JF(x) is not symmetric: BuvB_{uv}Buv​ carries the row user's own term 2nδuxu,clet\frac2n\delta_ux_{u,clet}n2​δu​xu,clet​, so Buv≠BvuB_{uv}\ne B_{vu}Buv​=Bvu​ in general, and the eigenvalues of JF(x)JF(x)JF(x) say nothing directly about its quadratic form. The quadratic form must be controlled uniformly over the whole feasible set KKK, whose shape (simplices cut by the cap χ\chiχ, the power budgets and the shared constraint) enters the final bound, and the condition must come out in the paper's exact constants. In Lean, the main costs are the coordinatewise Fréchet derivative of FFF on R3N\mathbb R^{3N}R3N, the characteristic polynomial of a rank-two matrix of arbitrary size, and the passage from a characteristic polynomial to positive semidefiniteness.

Formalization scope

Users are Fin N (0-based); tiers are a three-element type Tier; a profile is Fin N → Tier → ℝ. The inner product on R3N\mathbb R^{3N}R3N is written out as ∑u∑iau,ibu,i\sum_u\sum_i a_{u,i}b_{u,i}∑u​∑i​au,i​bu,i​, and the norm on RN\mathbb R^NRN in (21)–(23) is the Euclidean norm written as ∑uvu2\sqrt{\sum_uv_u^2}∑u​vu2​​, because Mathlib's norm on function types is the sup norm. FFF is defined by the closed form of p. 11, not as a derivative, so milestone 2 has content. δmax⁡\delta_{\max}δmax​ is the real supremum of the δu\delta_uδu​, which is the maximum for N≥1N\ge1N≥1.

Standing hypotheses carried by every statement: Assumption A, n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and 0<χ≤10<\chi\le10<χ≤1. Disclosed choices relative to the page:

  • (21) is stated for an arbitrary v∈RNv\in\mathbb R^Nv∈RN and assumes N≥2N\ge2N≥2, so that ηN−2\eta^{N-2}ηN−2 is a polynomial;
  • (22) is stated at any profile with D>0D>0D>0;
  • (20) is stated at any profile with D≠0D\ne0D=0;
  • the derivative (16)–(17) is stated on the open region αuxu,m<1\alpha_ux_{u,m}<1αu​xu,m​<1, 1n∑tδtxt,clet<1\frac1n\sum_t\delta_tx_{t,clet}<1n1​∑t​δt​xt,clet​<1, which contains KKK;
  • in milestone 1, differentiability is required at each point of the convex set (in a full neighbourhood).

The formulas for FFF, AuA_uAu​, BuB_uBu​ and BuvB_{uv}Buv​ divide by 1−αuxu,m1-\alpha_ux_{u,m}1−αu​xu,m​ and DDD, and Lean sets a/0=0a/0=0a/0=0. Every statement is therefore restricted to KKK or to a region where these denominators are nonzero; monotonicity on the larger set ∏uK~u\prod_u\tilde K_u∏u​K~u​, where DDD can vanish, is a different and false-by-junk claim and is not posed. KKK is nonempty for admissible data (e.g. all users computing locally), so the goal is not vacuous.

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone, especially the generic ones (1 and 6), which belong in a general library.

Selected references

  • V. Cardellini, V. De Nitto Personé, V. Di Valerio, F. Facchinei, V. Grassi, F. Lo Presti, V. Piccialli, A game-theoretic approach to computation offloading in mobile cloud computing, Mathematical Programming, 2016. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-015-0881-6 (accepted manuscript: IRIS Sapienza, handle 11573/779661).
  • F. Facchinei, J.-S. Pang, Finite-Dimensional Variational Inequalities and Complementarity Problems, vols. I–II, Springer, 2003 (the paper's [17]). https://doi.org/10.1007/b97543
  • F. Facchinei, C. Kanzow, Generalized Nash equilibrium problems, Annals of Operations Research 175 (2010), 177–211 (the paper's [16]). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10479-009-0653-x
  • R. A. Horn, C. R. Johnson, Matrix Analysis, Cambridge University Press, 1990 (the paper's [24]; Schur product theorem, Theorem 7.5.3). https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511810817
  • D. S. Bernstein, Matrix Mathematics: Theory, Facts, and Formulas with Application to Linear Systems Theory, Princeton University Press, 2005 (the paper's [6]; Fact 4.9.16). https://press.princeton.edu/books/hardcover/9780691118024
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Complexity of Nash Equilibria and Other Fixed Points 4: The Fixed Points of the Division-Free Map G_I(x)ij = max(x_ij + u_i((i:j); x−i) − t_i, 0) Are Exactly the Nash EquilibriaResearch Paper

Motivation

Nash's existence theorem for finite games is a fixed-point theorem: one writes down a continuous map from the set of mixed strategy profiles to itself whose fixed points are exactly the Nash equilibria, and applies Brouwer's theorem. Nash's own map (Nash 1951) divides by 1+∑jmax⁡(0,⋅)1+\sum_j \max(0,\cdot)1+∑j​max(0,⋅), and the choice of map matters as soon as the question is computational rather than existential.

Etessami and Yannakakis (SIAM J. Comput. 39 (2010)) introduce the class FIXP of fixed-point search problems whose maps are given by algebraic circuits over {+,−,∗,/,max⁡,min⁡}\{+,-,*,/,\max,\min\}{+,−,∗,/,max,min} and rational constants, and show that computing a Nash equilibrium of a 3-player game is FIXP-complete. In Section 4 they ask which gates are really needed. Since the Nash problem is complete, it suffices to find, for every game, a map with the same fixed points and a cheaper circuit. They define a division-free map GIG_IGI​, prove that its fixed points are precisely the Nash equilibria (Lemma 20), show that it is computed by a circuit with gates {+,−,∗,max⁡,min⁡}\{+,-,*,\max,\min\}{+,−,∗,max,min} (Lemma 21), and conclude that FIXP is unchanged if circuits use only {+,∗,max⁡}\{+,*,\max\}{+,∗,max} and rational constants (Theorem 22). The same map, defined as a Euclidean projection, appears earlier in Gul, Pearce and Stacchetti (1993).

This mission formalizes the game-theoretic content of that section: the map GIG_IGI​, its well-definedness, and Lemma 20.

Setting

A finite game III has a finite set of players iii; each player has a finite, nonempty set SiS_iSi​ of pure strategies, and a payoff function uiu_iui​ assigns a real number to every pure strategy profile. A mixed strategy of player iii is a vector (xij)j∈Si(x_{ij})_{j\in S_i}(xij​)j∈Si​​ with xij≥0x_{ij}\ge0xij​≥0 and ∑jxij=1\sum_{j}x_{ij}=1∑j​xij​=1; a mixed profile xxx is one mixed strategy per player, and Δ\DeltaΔ denotes the set of mixed profiles (the product of the players' unit simplices). The expected payoff ui(x)u_i(x)ui​(x) is the expectation of uiu_iui​ when the players draw their strategies independently according to xxx. For j∈Sij\in S_ij∈Si​, ui((i:j);x−i)u_i((i{:}j);x_{-i})ui​((i:j);x−i​) is player iii's expected payoff when iii plays jjj and the others play according to xxx. A Nash equilibrium is a mixed profile xxx such that no player can raise ui(x)u_i(x)ui​(x) by switching unilaterally to another mixed strategy.

For a vector xxx indexed by pairs (i,j)(i,j)(i,j), let v(x)ij=ui((i:j);x−i)v(x)_{ij}=u_i((i{:}j);x_{-i})v(x)ij​=ui​((i:j);x−i​) and h(x)=x+v(x)h(x)=x+v(x)h(x)=x+v(x). For each player iii define the function of a real variable

fi,x(t)=∑j∈Simax⁡(hij(x)−t, 0).f_{i,x}(t)=\sum_{j\in S_i}\max\bigl(h_{ij}(x)-t,\,0\bigr).fi,x​(t)=j∈Si​∑​max(hij​(x)−t,0).

It is continuous, nonincreasing, strictly decreasing below max⁡jhij(x)\max_j h_{ij}(x)maxj​hij​(x) and zero above it, so there is a unique threshold tit_iti​ with fi,x(ti)=1f_{i,x}(t_i)=1fi,x​(ti​)=1. The division-free map is

GI(x)ij=max⁡(hij(x)−ti, 0).G_I(x)_{ij}=\max\bigl(h_{ij}(x)-t_i,\,0\bigr).GI​(x)ij​=max(hij​(x)−ti​,0).

In the Lean development, v(x)ijv(x)_{ij}v(x)ij​ is DGPNash.NashMap.purePayoff u x i j, hhh is hVal, fi,xf_{i,x}fi,x​ is fSum, tit_iti​ is threshold and GIG_IGI​ is G, all in the namespace FixpNash.DivFree.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 20 (p. 47)

For every finite game with nonempty strategy sets and every x∈Δx\in\Deltax∈Δ,

GI(x)=x  ⟺  x is a Nash equilibrium of I.G_I(x)=x\iff x\text{ is a Nash equilibrium of }I.GI​(x)=x⟺x is a Nash equilibrium of I.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. The threshold is well defined (p. 47): for every real xxx and every player with Si≠∅S_i\neq\emptysetSi​=∅, fi,x(t)=1f_{i,x}(t)=1fi,x​(t)=1 has exactly one solution, and it is tit_iti​.
  2. GIG_IGI​ maps into Δ\DeltaΔ (p. 47): ∑j∈SiGI(x)ij=1\sum_{j\in S_i}G_I(x)_{ij}=1∑j∈Si​​GI​(x)ij​=1 for every iii, so GI(x)∈ΔG_I(x)\in\DeltaGI​(x)∈Δ.
  3. Pure deviations suffice (p. 11): xxx is a Nash equilibrium iff x∈Δx\in\Deltax∈Δ and ui((i:j);x−i)≤ui(x)u_i((i{:}j);x_{-i})\le u_i(x)ui​((i:j);x−i​)≤ui​(x) for all iii and j∈Sij\in S_ij∈Si​.
  4. Fixed points equalize the support (proof of Lemma 20, p. 47): if x∈Δx\in\Deltax∈Δ and GI(x)=xG_I(x)=xGI​(x)=x, then ui((i:j);x−i)=tiu_i((i{:}j);x_{-i})=t_iui​((i:j);x−i​)=ti​ when xij>0x_{ij}>0xij​>0 and ui((i:j);x−i)≤tiu_i((i{:}j);x_{-i})\le t_iui​((i:j);x−i​)≤ti​ when xij=0x_{ij}=0xij​=0.
  5. At an equilibrium the threshold is the payoff (proof of Lemma 20, p. 47): if xxx is a Nash equilibrium then ti=ui(x)t_i=u_i(x)ti​=ui​(x) for every iii.
  6. Closed form of the threshold (proof of Lemma 21, p. 48): if zi1≥⋯≥ziniz_{i1}\ge\dots\ge z_{in_i}zi1​≥⋯≥zini​​ is hi(x)h_i(x)hi​(x) sorted in decreasing order, then
ti=max⁡{1l(∑j=1lzij−1):l=1,…,ni}.t_i=\max\Bigl\{\tfrac1l\Bigl(\sum_{j=1}^{l}z_{ij}-1\Bigr):l=1,\dots,n_i\Bigr\}.ti​=max{l1​(j=1∑l​zij​−1):l=1,…,ni​}.

This last milestone is off the goal's path; it is the formula behind the division-free circuit.

Significance

Lemma 20, with Brouwer's theorem and the continuity of GIG_IGI​, gives an elementary proof of Nash's theorem. With Lemma 21 it shows that the Nash equilibrium problem, and therefore every FIXP problem, is represented by circuits without division; the paper uses this to obtain Theorem 22. The pure-deviation criterion of milestone 3 is the standard test for equilibria and is used throughout equilibrium computation. The closed form of milestone 6 is the threshold of the Euclidean projection onto the simplex, used widely in optimization.

All of these results are proved in the paper. The mission produces machine-checked versions. No platform item states Lemma 20 or the pure-deviation criterion for AGT.IsMixedNash. Related posed items, with other conventions, are credited below rather than reused: the thresholds of the simplex projection in the Condat 2015 series (SimplexProj.Condat.simplex_projection_threshold, threshold_root_bracket, subsequence_mean_le_threshold, stated for the projection on RN\mathbb R^NRN with a radius), and the best-response fixed-point characterization in supermodular games (Supermodularity.Games.equilibrium_iff_fixed_point_v2, a different map). The paper also remarks, without proof, that GI(x)G_I(x)GI​(x) is the point of Δ\DeltaΔ closest to h(x)h(x)h(x). That remark is not a target here.

Difficulty

The map GIG_IGI​ is defined through an implicitly determined threshold. In the formalization the threshold has to be a definition that does not depend on a proof, and every statement about it rests on the existence and uniqueness of the root of fi,x(t)=1f_{i,x}(t)=1fi,x​(t)=1. This is an intermediate-value argument for a piecewise linear function of a finite sum of max⁡\maxmax terms. Its strict monotonicity holds only below max⁡jhij(x)\max_j h_{ij}(x)maxj​hij​(x), and the argument must use that SiS_iSi​ is nonempty.

The equivalence itself needs the multilinearity of the expected payoff: ui(x)=∑jxij ui((i:j);x−i)u_i(x)=\sum_j x_{ij}\,u_i((i{:}j);x_{-i})ui​(x)=∑j​xij​ui​((i:j);x−i​) and, more generally, the payoff of a deviation to a mixed strategy yiy_iyi​ is ∑jyij ui((i:j);x−i)\sum_j y_{ij}\,u_i((i{:}j);x_{-i})∑j​yij​ui​((i:j);x−i​). In the agt_games representation the expected payoff is a sum over all pure profiles of products of probabilities, so this identity must be extracted from the product structure rather than read off.

Formalization scope

The game uses the published agt_games vocabulary: players form a finite type ι with decidable equality, the strategies of player i a finite type S i, payoffs are real (the paper's are rational, so this is a generalization), mixed profiles are real weight functions satisfying AGT.IsMixedProfile, and Nash equilibrium is AGT.IsMixedNash (no profitable deviation to any lottery). The pure-strategy payoff ui((i:j);x−i)u_i((i{:}j);x_{-i})ui​((i:j);x−i​) is the published DGPNash.NashMap.purePayoff.

The following readings are explicit in the Lean and implicit on the page:

  • every strategy set is nonempty (∀ i, Nonempty (S i)). The paper assumes this tacitly; without it Δ\DeltaΔ is empty and tit_iti​ does not exist;
  • the threshold is defined as ti=inf⁡{t:fi,x(t)≤1}t_i=\inf\{t: f_{i,x}(t)\le1\}ti​=inf{t:fi,x​(t)≤1}. Milestone 1 proves that this is the paper's "unique value of ttt where fi,x(ti)=1f_{i,x}(t_i)=1fi,x​(ti​)=1". A formalization in which tit_iti​ is a free parameter, or is set to ui(x)u_i(x)ui​(x), would make Lemma 20 nearly definitional. That is ruled out: GIG_IGI​ is defined from the game alone, and tit_iti​ is the root of fi,x(t)=1f_{i,x}(t)=1fi,x​(t)=1;
  • hhh, fi,xf_{i,x}fi,x​, tit_iti​ and GIG_IGI​ are given by the same formulas for every real vector xxx. Milestones 1, 2 and 6 hold in that generality, while the goal and milestones 4–5 are stated on Δ\DeltaΔ, as on the page;
  • "fixed point of GIG_IGI​" means a point x∈Δx\in\Deltax∈Δ with GI(x)=xG_I(x)=xGI​(x)=x;
  • "it is sufficient to check switches to pure strategies only" becomes an equivalence between AGT.IsMixedNash and the pure-deviation inequalities for a mixed profile;
  • in milestone 6, the sorted order is a bijection eee from {0,…,n}\{0,\dots,n\}{0,…,n} onto SiS_iSi​ along which hi,e(l)(x)h_{i,e(l)}(x)hi,e(l)​(x) is nonincreasing, so ni=n+1n_i=n+1ni​=n+1 and the paper's index lll is l+1l+1l+1.

Contributions welcome: proofs of any milestone. The multilinearity of AGT.expectedPayoff in one player's strategy, and the existence and uniqueness of the threshold of a finite sum of hinge functions, are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • K. Etessami and M. Yannakakis, On the complexity of Nash equilibria and other fixed points, SIAM J. Comput. 39(6) (2010) 2531–2597; author manuscript, Section 4, pp. 47–48. https://doi.org/10.1137/080720826
  • J. Nash, Non-cooperative games, Annals of Mathematics 54 (1951) 286–295. https://doi.org/10.2307/1969529
  • F. Gul, D. Pearce and E. Stacchetti, A bound on the proportion of pure strategy equilibria in generic games, Mathematics of Operations Research 18(3) (1993) 548–552. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.18.3.548
  • L. Condat, Fast projection onto the simplex and the ℓ1 ball, Mathematical Programming 158 (2016) 575–585. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-015-0946-6
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Complexity of Nash Equilibria and Other Fixed Points 1: ε-Nash Equilibria Are Weak (n+1)ε-Fixed Points of Nash's Function, and Weak ε²/(4c²n³)-Fixed Points Are ε-Nash EquilibriaResearch Paper

Motivation

Nash proved that every finite game has an equilibrium by exhibiting a continuous map of the set of mixed profiles into itself whose fixed points are exactly the equilibria, and applying Brouwer's fixed point theorem (Nash, 1951). Computationally, the same map is the bridge between games and fixed-point problems: complexity classes for total search problems such as PPAD (Papadimitriou, 1994) and FIXP (Etessami and Yannakakis, 2010) are defined through fixed points, and a game problem is placed in such a class by passing through Nash's map.

For three or more players, equilibria can be irrational, so algorithms produce approximations. Two different notions compete. An ε\varepsilonε-Nash equilibrium is a profile at which no player can gain more than ε\varepsilonε by deviating unilaterally; a weak ε′\varepsilon'ε′-approximate fixed point of Nash's map is a profile that the map moves by less than ε′\varepsilon'ε′ in every coordinate. Proposition 3 of Etessami and Yannakakis shows that the two notions are interchangeable up to polynomially related tolerances. Since weak approximate fixed points of polynomially continuous, polynomially computable maps can be found in PPAD (their Proposition 2), this gives the membership of ε\varepsilonε-Nash equilibria in PPAD, first observed by Daskalakis, Goldberg and Papadimitriou (2009) and by Papadimitriou (1994).

Setting

A finite game Γ\GammaΓ in normal form has a finite set of players; each player iii has a finite nonempty set SiS_iSi​ of pure strategies and a payoff function uiu_iui​ on the pure strategy profiles S=∏iSiS=\prod_i S_iS=∏i​Si​. A mixed profile xxx assigns to each player iii a probability vector xi=(xi,j)j∈Six_i=(x_{i,j})_{j\in S_i}xi​=(xi,j​)j∈Si​​; DΓD_\GammaDΓ​ is the set of mixed profiles. The expected payoff of player iii is ui(x)u_i(x)ui​(x), and ui((i:j);x−i)u_i((i{:}j);x_{-i})ui​((i:j);x−i​) is the expected payoff of iii when iii plays the pure strategy jjj and every other player keeps its mixed strategy. The gain of switching to jjj is

gi,j(x)=ui((i:j);x−i)−ui(x).g_{i,j}(x)=u_i((i{:}j);x_{-i})-u_i(x).gi,j​(x)=ui​((i:j);x−i​)−ui​(x).

Nash's function FΓ:DΓ→DΓF_\Gamma:D_\Gamma\to D_\GammaFΓ​:DΓ​→DΓ​ is

FΓ(x)(i,j)=xi,j+max⁡{0,gi,j(x)}1+∑l∈Simax⁡{0,gi,l(x)}.F_\Gamma(x)_{(i,j)}=\frac{x_{i,j}+\max\{0,g_{i,j}(x)\}}{1+\sum_{l\in S_i}\max\{0,g_{i,l}(x)\}}.FΓ​(x)(i,j)​=1+∑l∈Si​​max{0,gi,l​(x)}xi,j​+max{0,gi,j​(x)}​.

A profile xxx is an ε\varepsilonε-NE if ui(x)≥ui(yi;x−i)−εu_i(x)\ge u_i(y_i;x_{-i})-\varepsilonui​(x)≥ui​(yi​;x−i​)−ε for every player iii and every mixed strategy yiy_iyi​ of iii. A weak ε′\varepsilon'ε′-approximate fixed point is an x∈DΓx\in D_\Gammax∈DΓ​ with ∣FΓ(x)−x∣∞<ε′|F_\Gamma(x)-x|_\infty<\varepsilon'∣FΓ​(x)−x∣∞​<ε′.

The proof uses three constants of the game: n=max⁡i∣Si∣n=\max_i|S_i|n=maxi​∣Si​∣, the maximum number of pure strategies of a player; MMM, the maximum over players iii of max⁡sui(s)−min⁡sui(s)\max_s u_i(s)-\min_s u_i(s)maxs​ui​(s)−mins​ui​(s); and c=1+Mc=1+Mc=1+M.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3 in explicit form

  1. For every ε′>0\varepsilon'>0ε′>0, every ε′/(n+1)\varepsilon'/(n+1)ε′/(n+1)-NE xxx is a weak ε′\varepsilon'ε′-approximate fixed point of FΓF_\GammaFΓ​:
∣FΓ(x)(i,j)−xi,j∣<ε′for all i,j.|F_\Gamma(x)_{(i,j)}-x_{i,j}|<\varepsilon'\quad\text{for all } i,j.∣FΓ​(x)(i,j)​−xi,j​∣<ε′for all i,j.
  1. For every 0<ε≤10<\varepsilon\le10<ε≤1, every weak ε′\varepsilon'ε′-approximate fixed point with
ε′=ε24c2n3\varepsilon'=\frac{\varepsilon^2}{4c^2n^3}ε′=4c2n3ε2​

is an ε\varepsilonε-NE.

Milestones

  • (p. 12) xxx is an ε\varepsilonε-NE iff xxx is a mixed profile and gi,j(x)≤εg_{i,j}(x)\le\varepsilongi,j​(x)≤ε for all i,ji,ji,j: pure deviations suffice.
  • (p. 20) the first direction, as its own statement.
  • (p. 21) for a mixed profile, ∑jxi,jgi,j(x)=0\sum_{j}x_{i,j}g_{i,j}(x)=0∑j​xi,j​gi,j​(x)=0; split by sign, ∑xi,jφi,j(x)=∑xi,jψi,j(x)\sum x_{i,j}\varphi_{i,j}(x)=\sum x_{i,j}\psi_{i,j}(x)∑xi,j​φi,j​(x)=∑xi,j​ψi,j​(x) with φi,j=max⁡{0,gi,j}\varphi_{i,j}=\max\{0,g_{i,j}\}φi,j​=max{0,gi,j​} and ψi,j=−gi,j\psi_{i,j}=-g_{i,j}ψi,j​=−gi,j​ where gi,j≤0g_{i,j}\le 0gi,j​≤0.
  • (p. 21) at a weak ε′\varepsilon'ε′-approximate fixed point, ∣φi,j(x)−xi,j∑lφi,l(x)∣<ε′(1+∑lφi,l(x))<ε2/(2cn2)|\varphi_{i,j}(x)-x_{i,j}\sum_l\varphi_{i,l}(x)|<\varepsilon'(1+\sum_l\varphi_{i,l}(x))<\varepsilon^2/(2cn^2)∣φi,j​(x)−xi,j​∑l​φi,l​(x)∣<ε′(1+∑l​φi,l​(x))<ε2/(2cn2).
  • (p. 21) the first case of the final argument: if some jjj with gi,j(x)<0g_{i,j}(x)<0gi,j​(x)<0 has xi,j≥ε/(2cn2)x_{i,j}\ge\varepsilon/(2cn^2)xi,j​≥ε/(2cn2), then ∑lφi,l(x)<ε\sum_l\varphi_{i,l}(x)<\varepsilon∑l​φi,l​(x)<ε.

Significance

The result says that the "almost at equilibrium" notion of approximation and the "almost fixed" notion attached to Nash's map are the same notion up to polynomial changes of tolerance. It is the reason the weak approximation problem for Nash's function inherits PPAD membership from Proposition 2 and conversely why PPAD-hardness of ε\varepsilonε-NE transfers to weak approximation. The paper contrasts it with strong approximation (being close to an actual equilibrium), which it shows to be much harder; the explicit tolerances make precise which of the two notions a fixed-point algorithm for Nash's map actually delivers.

The result is proved in the paper. To our knowledge neither direction is formalized. On Prove2Me, the Daskalakis–Goldberg–Papadimitriou series contains the analogous Lemma 3.8 (DGPNash.NashMap.approx_fixed_point_is_approx_nash, posed) and its inequality (3) (DGPNash.NashMap.eq_3, posed): they concern the same map, but for games with a common strategy set Fin n, nonnegative payoffs and a different error term, so they are credited rather than reused. This mission states both directions for arbitrary finite strategy families with the paper's own constants.

Difficulty

Neither direction needs advanced mathematics; the difficulty is in the second direction. The obvious reading, that a profile moved little by FΓF_\GammaFΓ​ has small gains, fails as stated: the approximate fixed-point condition controls φi,j−xi,j∑lφi,l\varphi_{i,j}-x_{i,j}\sum_l\varphi_{i,l}φi,j​−xi,j​∑l​φi,l​, the gain of a strategy relative to the player's total positive gain weighted by xi,jx_{i,j}xi,j​, not the gain φi,j\varphi_{i,j}φi,j​ itself. A strategy that carries most of the probability and most of the positive gain can be almost fixed while its gain is large, so the bound on each φi,j\varphi_{i,j}φi,j​ has to come from information that the coordinatewise condition alone does not contain, with the exact constants ε/(2cn2)\varepsilon/(2cn^2)ε/(2cn2) and 1/(2n)1/(2n)1/(2n) of the paper tracked throughout; the paper's argument is compact and leaves several of these estimates implicit. In Lean, the multilinearity of the expected payoff in a single player's mixed strategy, which underlies both the reduction to pure deviations and the zero-average identity, has to be derived from the product-form definition of the expected payoff.

Formalization scope

Games, mixed profiles and expected payoffs are those of the published agt_games bundle: players form a finite type ι, player i has a finite strategy type S i, payoffs are real (u : ι → (∀ i, S i) → ℝ; the paper's payoffs are rational for computational reasons only). ui((i:j);x−i)u_i((i{:}j);x_{-i})ui​((i:j);x−i​) is the published DGPNash.NashMap.purePayoff, and the ε\varepsilonε-NE is the published DGPNash.WellSupported.IsEpsApproxNash, which includes that xxx is a mixed profile. New definitions: gain, nashFunction (by the printed formula, the sum over all of SiS_iSi​), IsWeakApproxFixedPoint (a mixed profile with every coordinate of FΓ(x)−xF_\Gamma(x)-xFΓ​(x)−x of absolute value <ε′<\varepsilon'<ε′), and the constants maxNumStrategies (nnn), payoffSpread (MMM) and cConst (ccc), all computed from the game.

Explicit readings of the paper's text:

  • "P-time equivalent" is formalized by the two explicit implications of the proof; no statement about algorithms or encoding sizes is made.
  • The first direction concludes, as the page does, that xxx is a weak ε′\varepsilon'ε′-approximate fixed point (strict, as defined on p. 16). The computation on p. 20 prints the looser bound "≤(mi+1)ϵ≤ϵ′\le(m_i+1)\epsilon\le\epsilon'≤(mi​+1)ϵ≤ϵ′"; the strict bound holds with the same printed ε=ε′/(n+1)\varepsilon=\varepsilon'/(n+1)ε=ε′/(n+1).
  • "Assume without loss of generality that ϵ≤1\epsilon\le1ϵ≤1" becomes the hypothesis ε≤1\varepsilon\le1ε≤1 of the second direction.
  • The sums ∑l=1mi\sum_{l=1}^{m_i}∑l=1mi​​ of pp. 12 and 20–21 run over all of SiS_iSi​; mim_imi​ is the paper's ni=∣Si∣n_i=|S_i|ni​=∣Si​∣.
  • ϵ2/2cn2\epsilon^2/2cn^2ϵ2/2cn2 and ϵ/2cn2\epsilon/2cn^2ϵ/2cn2 are read as ε2/(2cn2)\varepsilon^2/(2cn^2)ε2/(2cn2) and ε/(2cn2)\varepsilon/(2cn^2)ε/(2cn2).
  • "One of the strategies jjj on the rhs" is a strategy with gi,j(x)<0g_{i,j}(x)<0gi,j​(x)<0.
  • The goal assumes every SiS_iSi​ nonempty, as every game with a mixed profile has.

The constants nnn, MMM, ccc are definitions computed from the game, not free parameters: a formalization that lets them be chosen (for instance a large ccc in the second direction, or n=0n=0n=0 so that ε2/(4c2n3)\varepsilon^2/(4c^2n^3)ε2/(4c2n3) becomes 000) would trivialize the statement and is ruled out. Contributions of reusable lemmas are welcome, in particular the linearity of AGT.expectedPayoff in one player's mixed strategy and the bound ∣gi,j(x)∣≤M|g_{i,j}(x)|\le M∣gi,j​(x)∣≤M, which are useful to every game-theoretic mission built on agt_games.

Selected references

  • K. Etessami and M. Yannakakis, On the complexity of Nash equilibria and other fixed points, SIAM J. Comput. 39(6) (2010) 2531–2597 (author manuscript used here). https://doi.org/10.1137/080720826
  • J. Nash, Non-cooperative games, Annals of Mathematics 54(2) (1951) 286–295. https://doi.org/10.2307/1969529
  • C. Daskalakis, P. W. Goldberg and C. H. Papadimitriou, The complexity of computing a Nash equilibrium, SIAM J. Comput. 39(1) (2009) 195–259. https://doi.org/10.1137/070699652
  • C. H. Papadimitriou, On the complexity of the parity argument and other inefficient proofs of existence, J. Comput. System Sci. 48(3) (1994) 498–532. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(05)80063-7
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Bootstrap Robust Prescriptive Analytics 2: The Entropic Robust Nadaraya-Watson Budget Equals inf{α : ν log Σ D·exp((L−α)w/ν) + rν ≤ 0}Research Paper

Motivation

Data-driven decision making with side information ("prescriptive analytics") chooses a decision zzz after observing a context x=x0x = x_0x=x0​, using a training set of past pairs (x,y)(x, y)(x,y). A common recipe estimates the conditional expected cost E[L(z,y)∣x=x0]\mathbb E[L(z, y) \mid x = x_0]E[L(z,y)∣x=x0​] with a local learning method, such as Nadaraya–Watson kernel regression or nearest neighbours, and then minimizes the estimate over zzz (Ban and Rudin 2019; Bertsimas and Kallus 2020). Such estimate-then-optimize decisions are known to be optimistically biased: the minimized estimate tends to understate the cost that the decision incurs on new data.

Bertsimas and Van Parys (arXiv:1711.09974v2) robustify these formulations against distributions near the empirical one, measured by a relative-entropy bootstrap distance. They show that this choice protects the decision against disappointment on resampled (bootstrap) data at an exponential rate. A robust formulation is only usable if it can be computed. This mission concerns the paper's computational result for the Nadaraya–Watson case: the robust budget, a supremum over a set of distributions, equals a two-variable convex dual program.

Setting

The training data have finitely many distinct points, the support Ωn\Omega_nΩn​. A distribution on Ωn\Omega_nΩn​ is a vector D=(Di)i∈ΩnD = (D_i)_{i \in \Omega_n}D=(Di​)i∈Ωn​​ with Di≥0D_i \ge 0Di​≥0 and ∑iDi=1\sum_i D_i = 1∑i​Di​=1; their set is Dn\mathcal D_nDn​. Fix a context x0x_0x0​ and a decision zˉ\bar zzˉ. Each support point i=(xˉi,yˉi)i = (\bar x_i, \bar y_i)i=(xˉi​,yˉ​i​) carries a weight wi=wn(xˉi,x0)>0w_i = w_n(\bar x_i, x_0) > 0wi​=wn​(xˉi​,x0​)>0 and a loss ℓi=L(zˉ,yˉi)\ell_i = L(\bar z, \bar y_i)ℓi​=L(zˉ,yˉ​i​).

The Nadaraya–Watson estimate at DDD (equation (19)) is the weighted average

EDn[ℓ]=∑iwi ℓi Di∑iwi Di.E^n_D[\ell] = \frac{\sum_i w_i\,\ell_i\,D_i}{\sum_i w_i\,D_i}.EDn​[ℓ]=∑i​wi​Di​∑i​wi​ℓi​Di​​.

The bootstrap distance (Definition 6, equation (27)) is the relative entropy

B(D′,D)=∑iDi′log⁡Di′Di,B(D', D) = \sum_i D'_i \log\frac{D'_i}{D_i},B(D′,D)=i∑​Di′​logDi​Di′​​,

with 0log⁡0=00\log 0 = 00log0=0 and B(D′,D)=+∞B(D', D) = +\inftyB(D′,D)=+∞ when D′D'D′ puts mass on a point where DDD vanishes. For a reference distribution DDD and a radius rrr, the bootstrap robust Nadaraya–Watson budget (equation (24) with R=BR = BR=B and k(n)=nk(n) = nk(n)=n) is

cn(zˉ,D,x0)=sup⁡{ED′n[ℓ]:D′∈Dn, B(D′,D)≤r}.c_n(\bar z, D, x_0) = \sup\big\{ E^n_{D'}[\ell] : D' \in \mathcal D_n,\ B(D', D) \le r \big\}.cn​(zˉ,D,x0​)=sup{ED′n​[ℓ]:D′∈Dn​, B(D′,D)≤r}.

For the nearest-neighbours variant, nested neighbourhoods N0⊆N1⊆⋯⊆Nn=ΩnN^0 \subseteq N^1 \subseteq \dots \subseteq N^n = \Omega_nN0⊆N1⊆⋯⊆Nn=Ωn​ define a partial robust budget cnjc^j_ncnj​ (equation (25)), with two extra linear constraints tying the mass of NjN^jNj and Nj−1N^{j-1}Nj−1 to k/nk/nk/n and (k−1)/n(k-1)/n(k−1)/n.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 2

For every D∈DnD \in \mathcal D_nD∈Dn​ and every radius r∈Rr \in \mathbb Rr∈R,

cn(zˉ,D,x0)=inf⁡{α∈R: ∃ ν>0,  νlog⁡(∑iexp⁡((ℓi−α) wiν)Di)+r ν≤0}.c_n(\bar z, D, x_0) = \inf\Big\{\alpha \in \mathbb R :\ \exists\,\nu > 0,\ \ \nu\log\Big(\sum_i \exp\Big(\frac{(\ell_i - \alpha)\,w_i}{\nu}\Big) D_i\Big) + r\,\nu \le 0\Big\}.cn​(zˉ,D,x0​)=inf{α∈R: ∃ν>0,  νlog(i∑​exp(ν(ℓi​−α)wi​​)Di​)+rν≤0}.

No hypothesis on rrr is imposed. For r<0r < 0r<0 both sides are −∞-\infty−∞, and for r=0r = 0r=0 both equal EDn[ℓ]E^n_D[\ell]EDn​[ℓ].

Milestones

The milestones follow the proof in Appendices B.3 and B.8:

  1. The estimate EDn[ℓ]E^n_D[\ell]EDn​[ℓ] is the maximum of a linear program in (s,P)(s, P)(s,P) with the single feasible point P=sDP = sDP=sD (B.3).
  2. Corollary 1: for any distance RRR, cnc_ncn​ equals the perspective program sup⁡s>0,P∑iwiℓiPi\sup_{s > 0, P} \sum_i w_i \ell_i P_isups>0,P​∑i​wi​ℓi​Pi​ subject to s R(P/s,D)≤s rs\,R(P/s, D) \le s\,rsR(P/s,D)≤sr, ∑iPi=s\sum_i P_i = s∑i​Pi​=s and ∑iwiPi=1\sum_i w_i P_i = 1∑i​wi​Pi​=1.
  3. The Fenchel step: sup⁡λ≥0(λb−νλlog⁡λ)=νeb/ν−1\sup_{\lambda \ge 0}(\lambda b - \nu\lambda\log\lambda) = \nu e^{b/\nu - 1}supλ≥0​(λb−νλlogλ)=νeb/ν−1.
  4. Strong duality for r>0r > 0r>0: the program of Corollary 1 with R=BR = BR=B equals inf⁡{α:∃β,ν>0, rν+ν∑iDie((ℓi−α)wi+β)/ν−1≤β}\inf\{\alpha : \exists \beta, \nu > 0,\ r\nu + \nu\sum_i D_i e^{((\ell_i - \alpha)w_i + \beta)/\nu - 1} \le \beta\}inf{α:∃β,ν>0, rν+ν∑i​Di​e((ℓi​−α)wi​+β)/ν−1≤β}.
  5. Elimination of β\betaβ: such a β\betaβ exists if and only if νlog⁡∑ie(ℓi−α)wi/νDi+rν≤0\nu \log \sum_i e^{(\ell_i-\alpha)w_i/\nu} D_i + r\nu \le 0νlog∑i​e(ℓi​−α)wi​/νDi​+rν≤0.
  6. Lemma 1 (companion): the analogous dual (32) of the partial nearest-neighbours budget, assuming Slater's condition inf⁡{B(D′,D):D′∈Dnj}<r\inf\{B(D', D) : D' \in \mathcal D^j_n\} < rinf{B(D′,D):D′∈Dnj​}<r.

Significance

The robust budget is a supremum over a ∣Ωn∣|\Omega_n|∣Ωn​∣-dimensional set of distributions, and the decision minimizes it over zˉ\bar zzˉ, which is a min–max problem. Lemma 2 replaces the inner supremum by an infimum over two scalars (α,ν)(\alpha, \nu)(α,ν), so the robust prescription becomes a single minimization over (zˉ,α,ν)(\bar z, \alpha, \nu)(zˉ,α,ν). When LLL is convex in zˉ\bar zzˉ, that minimization is an exponential-cone program. The paper's numerical section (§5) solves its robust formulations in exactly this form. Lemma 1 plays the same role for the nearest-neighbours formulation, with one dual program per neighbourhood.

The results are proved in the paper (Appendices B.3, B.7, B.8) by a Lagrangian computation. As far as we know, none of them has been machine-checked. A formalization adds three things. It handles reference distributions DDD with zeros, which the page's computation divides by. It covers the full range of radii, including r≤0r \le 0r≤0, where Slater's condition fails. And it records the corrected sign of the minimizing multiplier β⋆\beta^\starβ⋆. The linear-objective special case without the ratio and with a strictly positive reference, max⁡{v⊤p:D(p∥q)≤β}=inf⁡λ>0λlog⁡∑jqjevj/λ+βλ\max\{v^\top p : D(p\|q) \le \beta\} = \inf_{\lambda > 0} \lambda \log \sum_j q_j e^{v_j/\lambda} + \beta\lambdamax{v⊤p:D(p∥q)≤β}=infλ>0​λlog∑j​qj​evj​/λ+βλ, is already proved on the platform (Nilim–El Ghaoui, RobustMDP.EntropyInner.kl_ball_inner_problem_dual, with its multiplier elimination RobustMDP.EntropyInner.mu_elimination). Both are included as supporting references.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to apply the known entropic duality formula to the robust budget directly. That route fails because the objective ED′n[ℓ]E^n_{D'}[\ell]ED′n​[ℓ] is a ratio of two linear functions of D′D'D′, not a linear function. The ratio is quasi-linear, and Lagrangian duality does not apply to it as it stands. The paper first lifts it to a linear objective over the cone (s,P)=(s,sD′)(s, P) = (s, sD')(s,P)=(s,sD′) (Corollary 1). The entropy constraint then becomes the perspective s B(P/s,D)≤s rs\,B(P/s, D) \le s\,rsB(P/s,D)≤sr, and duality is applied to this lifted program. A second difficulty is that the reference DDD may vanish on part of the support. The ball then lives on a face of the simplex, and every step must respect the convention B=+∞B = +\inftyB=+∞ off the support of DDD. Finally, strong duality needs a Slater point, which exists only for r>0r > 0r>0. The cases r≤0r \le 0r≤0 of the goal have to be handled separately.

Formalization scope

The support Ωn\Omega_nΩn​ is a finite type ι, and Dn\mathcal D_nDn​ is stdSimplex ℝ ι. Covariates, responses and the distance of Definition 2 do not appear: only the weights w : ι → ℝ (positive) and the losses L z : ι → ℝ of a fixed decision enter. Losses are real-valued, a restriction of the paper's R+∪{+∞}\mathbb R_+ \cup \{+\infty\}R+​∪{+∞}, while nonnegativity is not required. The conventions are the following.

  • BBB is EReal-valued: it is +∞+\infty+∞ when the first argument charges a zero of the second, and 0log⁡0=00 \log 0 = 00log0=0.
  • All suprema and infima are in EReal: the supremum of the empty set is −∞-\infty−∞ and the infimum of the empty set is +∞+\infty+∞.
  • Dual variables satisfy ν>0\nu > 0ν>0. The page's ν∈R+\nu \in \mathbb R_+ν∈R+​ admits ν=0\nu = 0ν=0 only as the perspective limit, and the infimum over α\alphaα is unchanged.
  • In the perspective programs, P/s∈DnP/s \in \mathcal D_nP/s∈Dn​ is stated explicitly.
  • The neighbourhood chain is a monotone family of finite sets with N0=∅N^0 = \emptysetN0=∅ and Nn=ΩnN^n = \Omega_nNn=Ωn​.

Several formalizations would make the statements trivial, and each is ruled out:

  • a real-valued BBB, whose finite junk values enlarge the ball when DDD has zeros;
  • real sSup/sInf, which return 000 on empty or unbounded sets;
  • ν≥0\nu \ge 0ν≥0 with Lean's x/0=0x/0 = 0x/0=0, which makes every α\alphaα feasible;
  • a positivity hypothesis on DDD, which the lemma does not have.

A complete development needs the following:

  • Gibbs' inequality and continuity of BBB on the simplex;
  • Lagrangian (or Fenchel) duality for a convex program with one entropic constraint and linear constraints;
  • the perspective of relative entropy;
  • the one-dimensional conjugate of λlog⁡λ\lambda \log \lambdaλlogλ.

The duality and conjugate lemmas are reusable for any KL-ball robust program. Contributions are welcome on each milestone, on bridges from the published RobustMDP.EntropyInner theorems to the setting here (they agree with BBB when the reference is positive), and on the r≤0r \le 0r≤0 cases of the goal.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas and B. Van Parys, Bootstrap robust prescriptive analytics, arXiv:1711.09974v2, 2021 (Math. Program., 2021). https://arxiv.org/abs/1711.09974v2
  • G.-Y. Ban and C. Rudin, The big data newsvendor: practical insights from machine learning, Operations Research 67(1), 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2018.1757
  • D. Bertsimas and N. Kallus, From predictive to prescriptive analytics, Management Science 66(3), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2018.3253
  • A. Nilim and L. El Ghaoui, Robust control of Markov decision processes with uncertain transition matrices, Operations Research 53(5), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1050.0216
  • A. Ben-Tal, D. den Hertog, A. De Waegenaere, B. Melenberg and G. Rennen, Robust solutions of optimization problems affected by uncertain probabilities, Management Science 59(2), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1120.1641
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Extrapolated Proximal Subgradient Algorithms for Nonconvex and Nonsmooth Fractional Programs 1: Every Cluster Point of the e-PSG Iterates Is a Lifted Stationary PointResearch Paper

Motivation

A fractional program minimizes a ratio f(x)/g(x)f(x)/g(x)f(x)/g(x) over a set SSS. Nonconvex, nonsmooth ratios arise in the scale-invariant sparse signal recovery model min⁡∥x∥1/∥x∥2\min\|x\|_1/\|x\|_2min∥x∥1​/∥x∥2​ over a polyhedron, in robust Sharpe-ratio optimization in finance, and in the Rayleigh quotient x⊤Ax/x⊤Bxx^\top Ax/x^\top Bxx⊤Ax/x⊤Bx over a sphere; with g≡1g\equiv1g≡1 and S=HS=HS=H the problem reduces to composite optimization min⁡fs+fn\min f^{\mathsf s}+f^{\mathsf n}minfs+fn. The classical method of Dinkelbach (1967) and its proximal-gradient descendants assume a convex numerator and a concave or smooth denominator, which these models do not satisfy.

Boţ, Dao and Li (arXiv:2003.04124, Math. Oper. Res. 2022) propose the extrapolated proximal subgradient algorithm (e-PSG) for problems in which the numerator is the sum of a smooth convex and a nonsmooth nonconvex term and the denominator is only weakly convex, and they prove that its cluster points satisfy a first-order condition. This mission formalizes that subsequential convergence theorem (Theorem 4.5).

Setting

Let H=RNH=\mathbb R^NH=RN with the Euclidean inner product, and let S⊆HS\subseteq HS⊆H be nonempty, closed and convex. The problem is

min⁡x∈S f(x)g(x).(P)\min_{x\in S}\ \frac{f(x)}{g(x)}.\qquad(\mathrm P)x∈Smin​ g(x)f(x)​.(P)

Assumption 1. f=fs+fnf=f^{\mathsf s}+f^{\mathsf n}f=fs+fn, where fs:H→Rf^{\mathsf s}:H\to\mathbb Rfs:H→R is continuously differentiable and convex with an ℓ\ellℓ-Lipschitz gradient, fn:H→(−∞,+∞]f^{\mathsf n}:H\to(-\infty,+\infty]fn:H→(−∞,+∞] is proper and lower semicontinuous, S∩dom⁡f≠∅S\cap\operatorname{dom}f\ne\emptysetS∩domf=∅, and f≥0f\ge0f≥0 on S∩dom⁡fS\cap\operatorname{dom}fS∩domf.

Assumption 2. ggg is finite and positive on SSS, continuous on an open set containing SSS, and either weakly convex with modulus β\betaβ on an open convex set containing SSS (that is, g+β2∥⋅∥2g+\frac\beta2\|\cdot\|^2g+2β​∥⋅∥2 is convex there), or regular (Fréchet and limiting subdifferentials coincide) and weakly convex with modulus β\betaβ on SSS.

The limiting subdifferential ∂Lh(x)\partial_L h(x)∂L​h(x) collects limits of Fréchet subgradients uk∈∂^h(xk)u_k\in\widehat\partial h(x_k)uk​∈∂h(xk​) along xk→xx_k\to xxk​→x with h(xk)→h(x)h(x_k)\to h(x)h(xk​)→h(x). A point xˉ∈S\bar x\in Sxˉ∈S is a lifted stationary point of (P) if

0∈g(xˉ) ∂L(f+ιS)(xˉ)−f(xˉ) ∂Lg(xˉ),0\in g(\bar x)\,\partial_L(f+\iota_S)(\bar x)-f(\bar x)\,\partial_L g(\bar x),0∈g(xˉ)∂L​(f+ιS​)(xˉ)−f(xˉ)∂L​g(xˉ),

where ιS\iota_SιS​ is 000 on SSS and +∞+\infty+∞ off SSS.

The boundedness condition (BC) asks for 0<m≤g≤M0<m\le g\le M0<m≤g≤M on S∩dom⁡fS\cap\operatorname{dom}fS∩domf. Algorithm 1 (e-PSG) starts from x−1=x0∈S∩dom⁡fx_{-1}=x_0\in S\cap\operatorname{dom}fx−1​=x0​∈S∩domf with parameters δ>0\delta>0δ>0, ζ>0\zeta>0ζ>0 (1−βζ>01-\sqrt\beta\zeta>01−β​ζ>0) and extrapolation bounds μˉ,κˉ\bar\mu,\bar\kappaμˉ​,κˉ (in explicit ranges depending on m,M,ℓm,M,\ellm,M,ℓ under (BC), and μˉ=κˉ=0\bar\mu=\bar\kappa=0μˉ​=κˉ=0 otherwise). At step nnn it sets θn=f(xn)/g(xn)\theta_n=f(x_n)/g(x_n)θn​=f(xn​)/g(xn​), picks gn∈∂Lg(xn)g_n\in\partial_L g(x_n)gn​∈∂L​g(xn​) and 0<τn≤1/max⁡{βθn/ζ,δ}0<\tau_n\le1/\max\{\sqrt\beta\theta_n/\zeta,\delta\}0<τn​≤1/max{β​θn​/ζ,δ}, forms un=xn+κn(xn−xn−1)u_n=x_n+\kappa_n(x_n-x_{n-1})un​=xn​+κn​(xn​−xn−1​), vn=xn+μn(xn−xn−1)v_n=x_n+\mu_n(x_n-x_{n-1})vn​=xn​+μn​(xn​−xn−1​) with κn∈[0,κˉ]\kappa_n\in[0,\bar\kappa]κn​∈[0,κˉ], μn∈[0,μˉτn]\mu_n\in[0,\bar\mu\tau_n]μn​∈[0,μˉ​τn​], and takes

xn+1∈argmin⁡x∈S(fn(x)+fs(un)+⟨∇fs(un),x−un⟩+12τn∥x−vn−τnθngn∥2+ℓ2∥x−un∥2).x_{n+1}\in\operatorname*{argmin}_{x\in S}\Big(f^{\mathsf n}(x)+f^{\mathsf s}(u_n)+\langle\nabla f^{\mathsf s}(u_n),x-u_n\rangle+\tfrac1{2\tau_n}\|x-v_n-\tau_n\theta_ng_n\|^2+\tfrac\ell2\|x-u_n\|^2\Big).xn+1​∈x∈Sargmin​(fn(x)+fs(un​)+⟨∇fs(un​),x−un​⟩+2τn​1​∥x−vn​−τn​θn​gn​∥2+2ℓ​∥x−un​∥2).

Finally S0={x∈S:f(x)/g(x)≤f(x0)/g(x0)}S_0=\{x\in S: f(x)/g(x)\le f(x_0)/g(x_0)\}S0​={x∈S:f(x)/g(x)≤f(x0​)/g(x0​)}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.5(iii)

If S0S_0S0​ is bounded and lim inf⁡nτn=τˉ>0\liminf_n\tau_n=\bar\tau>0liminfn​τn​=τˉ>0, then every cluster point xˉ\bar xxˉ of (xn)(x_n)(xn​) satisfies

xˉ∈S∩dom⁡f,lim⁡n→∞f(xn)g(xn)=f(xˉ)g(xˉ),xˉ is lifted stationary.\bar x\in S\cap\operatorname{dom}f,\qquad \lim_{n\to\infty}\frac{f(x_n)}{g(x_n)}=\frac{f(\bar x)}{g(\bar x)},\qquad \bar x\ \text{is lifted stationary.}xˉ∈S∩domf,n→∞lim​g(xn​)f(xn​)​=g(xˉ)f(xˉ)​,xˉ is lifted stationary.

In the formal statement ggg is in addition Lipschitz around every point of SSS; see Formalization scope.

Milestones, in proof order

  1. Lemma 4.3: for x,y∈Sx,y\in Sx,y∈S and u∈∂Lg(x)u\in\partial_L g(x)u∈∂L​g(x), ⟨u,y−x⟩≤g(y)−g(x)+β2∥y−x∥2\langle u,y-x\rangle\le g(y)-g(x)+\frac\beta2\|y-x\|^2⟨u,y−x⟩≤g(y)−g(x)+2β​∥y−x∥2.
  2. Lemma 4.4 (descent lemma), already on the platform.
  3. Inequality (16): the one-step inequality from the subproblem.
  4. Inequality (17): the ratio inequality, for every Young parameter ω>0\omega>0ω>0.
  5. Theorem 4.5(i): xn∈S∩dom⁡fx_n\in S\cap\operatorname{dom}fxn​∈S∩domf and
(f(xn+1)g(xn+1)+c∥xn+1−xn∥2)+α∥xn+1−xn∥2≤f(xn)g(xn)+c∥xn−xn−1∥2\Big(\tfrac{f(x_{n+1})}{g(x_{n+1})}+c\|x_{n+1}-x_n\|^2\Big)+\alpha\|x_{n+1}-x_n\|^2\le\tfrac{f(x_n)}{g(x_n)}+c\|x_n-x_{n-1}\|^2(g(xn+1​)f(xn+1​)​+c∥xn+1​−xn​∥2)+α∥xn+1​−xn​∥2≤g(xn​)f(xn​)​+c∥xn​−xn−1​∥2

with the explicit constants (14), and convergence of f(xn)/g(xn)f(x_n)/g(x_n)f(xn​)/g(xn​). 6. Theorem 4.5(ii): (xn)(x_n)(xn​) is bounded, ∥xn+1−xn∥→0\|x_{n+1}-x_n\|\to0∥xn+1​−xn​∥→0, and ∑n∥xn+1−xn∥2<∞\sum_n\|x_{n+1}-x_n\|^2<\infty∑n​∥xn+1​−xn​∥2<∞. 7. The limit inequality at a cluster point (proof of Theorem 4.5(iii), p. 13).

Significance

Theorem 4.5 is the subsequential convergence result on which the paper's later results rest: with a Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz property of a merit function it upgrades to convergence of the whole sequence and to linear rates (Theorem 5.5), and under strict differentiability of ggg lifted stationarity becomes ordinary stationarity (Corollary 4.6). The merit function Fn=f(xn)/g(xn)+c∥xn−xn−1∥2F_n=f(x_n)/g(x_n)+c\|x_n-x_{n-1}\|^2Fn​=f(xn​)/g(xn​)+c∥xn​−xn−1​∥2 with explicit constants is the template for analyzing extrapolated proximal methods on ratio objectives.

The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked version exists. Formalizing it produces a verified descent analysis of an extrapolated proximal method for a nonconvex ratio, a formal subgradient inequality for weakly convex functions with respect to the limiting subdifferential, and a checked passage to the limit through limiting subdifferentials. It also pins down the hypotheses: the formal statement records a missing assumption of the printed theorem (below).

Difficulty

The ratio is not a sum, so the standard sufficient-decrease argument for proximal gradient methods does not apply directly: the subproblem linearizes ggg through a limiting subgradient gng_ngn​ scaled by the current ratio θn\theta_nθn​, and the descent of f/gf/gf/g comes only after dividing by g(xn+1)g(x_{n+1})g(xn+1​), which ties the step size to θn\theta_nθn​ and to bounds on ggg. Extrapolation adds a cross term ⟨xn+1−xn,xn−xn−1⟩\langle x_{n+1}-x_n,x_n-x_{n-1}\rangle⟨xn+1​−xn​,xn​−xn−1​⟩ that the merit function must absorb, which is where the explicit ranges of μˉ,κˉ\bar\mu,\bar\kappaμˉ​,κˉ come from. At a cluster point, fff is only lower semicontinuous, so convergence of f(xkn)f(x_{k_n})f(xkn​​) to f(xˉ)f(\bar x)f(xˉ) must be extracted from the optimality of the subproblems, and the limits of gng_ngn​ must be shown to lie in ∂Lg(xˉ)\partial_L g(\bar x)∂L​g(xˉ). The naive approach of passing to the limit in the subproblem's optimality condition fails because ∂L(fn+ιS)\partial_L(f^{\mathsf n}+\iota_S)∂L​(fn+ιS​) has no sum rule in this generality.

Formalization scope

HHH is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin N). Functions into (−∞,+∞](-\infty,+\infty](−∞,+∞] are EReal-valued; properness is the published IsProperFn, and ∂^\widehat\partial∂, ∂L\partial_L∂L​ are the published IsRegularSubgrad and LimitingSubdiff. The denominator ggg is real-valued on all of HHH: only its values and subgradients near SSS enter, where the paper's ggg is finite. Weak convexity "with modulus β\betaβ" means that β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0 is a valid constant, not the smallest one. A run of Algorithm 1 is a predicate on the sequences (xn),(gn),(τn),(κn),(μn)(x_n),(g_n),(\tau_n),(\kappa_n),(\mu_n)(xn​),(gn​),(τn​),(κn​),(μn​); the argmin and gng_ngn​ are selections, never Classical.choose. x−1=x0x_{-1}=x_0x−1​=x0​. Ratios are real numbers (f x).toReal / g x, meaningful because the iterates stay in dom⁡f\operatorname{dom}fdomf. The κˉ\bar\kappaκˉ-range of Step 1 is written as ℓκˉ2<mδ(1−βζ)M−2mμˉmM\ell\bar\kappa^2<\frac{m\delta(1-\sqrt\beta\zeta)}M-\frac{2m\bar\mu}{\sqrt{mM}}ℓκˉ2<Mmδ(1−β​ζ)​−mM​2mμˉ​​, avoiding division by ℓ\ellℓ. lim inf⁡τn>0\liminf\tau_n>0liminfτn​>0 is an eventual positive lower bound, which is equivalent since τn≤1/δ\tau_n\le1/\deltaτn​≤1/δ. Cluster points are MapClusterPt.

Correction. Under the second alternative of Assumption 2 alone, Theorem 4.5(iii) fails: for S=[0,1]S=[0,1]S=[0,1], g(x)=2−xg(x)=2-\sqrt xg(x)=2−x​ on SSS and f(x)=1−x/4f(x)=1-\sqrt x/4f(x)=1−x​/4, the iterates converge to 000, where ∂Lg(0)=∅\partial_Lg(0)=\emptyset∂L​g(0)=∅, so 000 is not lifted stationary. The goal and the limit-inequality milestone therefore assume that ggg is Lipschitz around every point of SSS, which holds automatically under the first alternative.

The trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the parameter ranges are inhabited (checked in Lean, including ℓ=0\ell=0ℓ=0), the goal quantifies over every cluster point of every run, and lifted stationarity requires actual limiting subgradients rather than an infDist that would be 000 on an empty set.

Contributions welcome: the subgradient inequality for weakly convex functions, the descent lemma's use in (16), the limit arguments for limiting subdifferentials (the platform has the robustness property (3) as NonconvexSplitting.ProxGrad.limitingSubdiff_robust), and Fermat's rule for constrained minimizers of φ+ιS\varphi+\iota_Sφ+ιS​ — the last is reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • R. I. Boţ, M. N. Dao, G. Li, Extrapolated Proximal Subgradient Algorithms for Nonconvex and Nonsmooth Fractional Programs, Math. Oper. Res. 47 (2022); arXiv:2003.04124v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/2003.04124
  • W. Dinkelbach, On nonlinear fractional programming, Management Science 13 (1967) 492–498. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.13.7.492
  • B. S. Mordukhovich, Variational Analysis and Generalized Differentiation I, Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-31247-1
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization, Springer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Proximal Algorithms I: A Point Minimizes f + g Exactly When It Is a Fixed Point of the Forward-Backward Operator x ↦ prox_λg(x − λ∇f(x))Research Paper

Motivation

Many convex optimization problems combine a smooth loss with a term that is easy to handle through minimization but awkward to differentiate. A constraint can be represented by an indicator function that is zero on the feasible set and +∞+\infty+∞ outside it. A norm penalty can be finite yet nonsmooth. The proximal gradient method handles such objectives by applying a gradient step to the smooth term and a proximal step to the other term. Parikh and Boyd present this method in §4.2 of Proximal Algorithms, after developing the proximal operator, its fixed points, and its connection to the subdifferential.

The mission concerns the method's optimality interpretation. A fixed point of the forward-backward update is a minimizer of the composite objective, for every positive step size. That is a statement about which points solve the problem. The separate claim that repeated updates converge requires further control of the gradient and the step size; the paper discusses that condition after the fixed-point identity on p. 151. This mission captures the fixed-point identity itself and the paper's stated convex-analytic results that support it.

Setting

Work in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean inner product xTyx^{\mathsf T}yxTy and norm ∥x∥2\|x\|_2∥x∥2​. Let f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R be convex and differentiable everywhere. Let g:Rn→R∪{+∞}g:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}g:Rn→R∪{+∞} be closed, proper and convex: its epigraph is nonempty, closed and convex. The effective domain dom⁡g\operatorname{dom}gdomg consists of the points where ggg is finite. The composite problem, equation (4.5), is to minimize f(x)+g(x)f(x)+g(x)f(x)+g(x) over all x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn. An indicator g=ICg=I_Cg=IC​ expresses the constraint x∈Cx\in Cx∈C within the same notation. These conventions are those of §1.1 and §4.2 of the monograph.

For a closed proper convex function hhh, the proximal operator sends vvv to the unique minimizer of h(u)+12∥u−v∥22h(u)+\tfrac12\|u-v\|_2^2h(u)+21​∥u−v∥22​. For λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, the operator prox⁡λh\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda h}proxλh​ equivalently minimizes h(u)+12λ∥u−v∥22h(u)+\tfrac1{2\lambda}\|u-v\|_2^2h(u)+2λ1​∥u−v∥22​. The paper assumes closed proper convexity whenever it uses a proximal operator, including one applied to ggg. This assumption gives a unique proximal point at every input, even when ggg is infinite outside a strict subset of the space.

The subdifferential ∂g(x)\partial g(x)∂g(x) is the set of vectors yyy such that g(z)≥g(x)+yT(z−x)g(z)\ge g(x)+y^{\mathsf T}(z-x)g(z)≥g(x)+yT(z−x) for every z∈dom⁡gz\in\operatorname{dom}gz∈domg, as in (2.3). Unlike the gradient of fff, it can be empty or contain several vectors. The resolvent of the subdifferential with parameter λ\lambdaλ is the inverse relation (I+λ∂g)−1(I+\lambda\partial g)^{-1}(I+λ∂g)−1. Equation (3.4) says that this relation is the everywhere-defined, single-valued map prox⁡λg\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda g}proxλg​. Both descriptions of the proximal point appear in the milestone list.

Formalization targets

Goal: fixed points of the forward-backward operator

For any λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 and x⋆∈Rnx^\star\in\mathbb R^nx⋆∈Rn, the target from §4.2.1, pp. 150–151, is

x⋆ minimizes f+g⟺x⋆=prox⁡λg(x⋆−λ∇f(x⋆)).x^\star\text{ minimizes }f+g \quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad x^\star=\operatorname{prox}_{\lambda g}\bigl(x^\star-\lambda\nabla f(x^\star)\bigr).x⋆ minimizes f+g⟺x⋆=proxλg​(x⋆−λ∇f(x⋆)).

The quantifier covers every positive λ\lambdaλ; it is independent of any Lipschitz bound. The equation describes a fixed point of the forward-backward operator, which first evaluates ∇f\nabla f∇f and then applies the proximal operator of ggg.

Supporting statements

The milestones follow statements printed in the same monograph: existence and uniqueness of a proximal minimizer from (1.1)–(1.2); the subdifferential optimality condition for a proximal minimizer in §2.3; the fixed-point characterization of minimizers in §2.3; the full-domain, single-valued resolvent identity (3.4); and the condition 0∈∇f(x⋆)+∂g(x⋆)0\in\nabla f(x^\star)+\partial g(x^\star)0∈∇f(x⋆)+∂g(x⋆) for minimizing f+gf+gf+g in §4.2.1. The resolvent milestone includes its domain and uniqueness claims because the paper states both, rather than only an equality of partially defined relations. These targets retain the authors' constants 12\tfrac1221​, 12λ\tfrac1{2\lambda}2λ1​ and λ\lambdaλ.

Why the result matters

The equivalence identifies the solutions of a composite convex problem using an update rule that treats the smooth and nonsmooth terms differently. It applies when ggg encodes constraints or a nonsmooth penalty and still characterizes the exact minimizers. It also says what a converged proximal gradient iteration must solve. The characterization by itself makes no claim that an iteration converges, a distinction made in the paper's discussion on p. 151. Parikh and Boyd, §4.2.1, give the fixed-point view of the algorithm in precisely this setting.

The formalization connects an existing machine-checked proximal-point definition from the Moreau 1965 series to a new Euclidean subdifferential defined by the supporting inequality (2.3). It leaves reusable statements about proximal optimality and resolvents alongside the composite result. A related published theorem, ProxNewton.Inexact.compGradStep_eq_zero_iff, characterizes minimizers through a composite-gradient step at unit step length under stronger smoothness assumptions and a different proximal representation. The present target preserves the monograph's arbitrary positive λ\lambdaλ, its extended-real ggg, and its particular proximal operator.

Difficulty

The two sides of the goal compare different minimization problems. The left side minimizes f+gf+gf+g globally; the right side minimizes a quadratic centered at x⋆−λ∇f(x⋆)x^\star-\lambda\nabla f(x^\star)x⋆−λ∇f(x⋆) plus λg\lambda gλg. Merely expanding the definition of the proximal operator does not make these objectives identical. The needed first-order conditions must also remain valid when ggg is infinite outside its domain and its subdifferential is set-valued. In (3.4), an inverse relation is asserted to have a value at every point and only one value there; an equality that overlooks either property would be weaker than the paper's statement.

Formalization scope

The Lean carrier is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) for arbitrary n∈Nn\in\mathbb Nn∈N. Its norm and inner product are the paper's Euclidean ones. No positive-dimension hypothesis is imposed: the zero-dimensional case is a singleton space and does not invalidate these identities. Values of ggg are in EReal; the imported MoreauProx.Decomposition.GammaZero records that ggg never equals −∞-\infty−∞, is finite somewhere, has a convex epigraph, and is lower semicontinuous. For real-valued convex fff on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, closedness and properness follow from finiteness and convexity. Differentiability is explicit so Mathlib's gradient f x represents the intended ∇f(x)\nabla f(x)∇f(x).

The imported MoreauProx.Decomposition.IsProx is a predicate saying that a point minimizes 12∥u−v∥22+λg(u)\tfrac12\|u-v\|_2^2+\lambda g(u)21​∥u−v∥22​+λg(u). Positive λ\lambdaλ makes its minimizers those of the paper's (1.2), including at points where g(u)=+∞g(u)=+\inftyg(u)=+∞. Uniqueness is supplied by the referenced Moreau strict-minimum theorem. The local subdifferential follows (2.3): it is empty when its argument lies outside the effective domain, and it tests the supporting inequality over all z∈Rnz\in\mathbb R^nz∈Rn. Outside dom⁡g\operatorname{dom}gdomg the right side is +∞+\infty+∞, so those tests add no restriction. The composite minimization condition ranges over every y∈Rny\in\mathbb R^ny∈Rn and compares extended-real values.

The goal must relate these two genuinely different minimization problems through the gradient and convexity; defining the forward-backward operator to minimize f+gf+gf+g would empty the theorem of its content. Contributions on extended-real subgradient calculus, the full-domain resolvent relation, and the composite optimality condition are welcome. The imported Moreau definitions and the local supporting-inequality subdifferential are reusable in further convex optimization developments.

This source PDF is the authors' Foundations and Trends formatted copy of the published monograph. Printed page numbers throughout this mission refer to that copy; its body begins on PDF page 5 at printed p. 123.

Selected references

  • Neal Parikh and Stephen Boyd, Proximal Algorithms, Foundations and Trends in Optimization 1(3), 2014. DOI: 10.1561/2400000003.
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantity Flexibility Contracts and Supply Chain Performance 1: Under the Minimum Commitment Policy a Flex Node With At Least Its Customer's Flexibility Keeps Zero InventoryResearch Paper

Motivation

Manufacturers and their suppliers rarely trade on fixed orders. A buyer sends a rolling schedule of intended purchases for the coming periods and revises it every period as its own forecasts change. Left unconstrained, such revisions pass demand volatility up the supply chain and amplify it, the phenomenon studied as the bullwhip effect (Lee, Padmanabhan & Whang 1997). A quantity flexibility (QF) contract limits how far each estimate may move from one period to the next: the buyer commits to a band around its earlier estimate, and the supplier commits to supply anything inside that band. The paper reports QF-type agreements at Sun Microsystems, Solectron, Nippon Otis, Toyota, IBM, Hewlett Packard and Compaq (p. 92).

Tsay & Lovejoy (1999) model a multi-stage chain in which every stage is linked to its neighbours by QF contracts, and ask how the flexibility a node offers its customer, compared with the flexibility it receives from its supplier, determines the inventory the node must carry. This mission formalizes their answer for one node: Proposition 2 (p. 97), which states that a node whose supply side is at least as flexible as its customer side needs no inventory at all.

Setting

Time is discrete, t=0,1,2,…t = 0, 1, 2, \dotst=0,1,2,…. In period ttt a flex node receives from its customer a release schedule f(t)=[f0(t),f1(t),… ]f(t) = [f_0(t), f_1(t), \dots]f(t)=[f0​(t),f1​(t),…]: f0(t)f_0(t)f0​(t) is the quantity sold in period ttt, and fj(t)f_j(t)fj​(t) is the current estimate of the quantity to be sold in period t+jt + jt+j. The node sends its supplier a replenishment schedule r(t)=[r0(t),r1(t),… ]r(t) = [r_0(t), r_1(t), \dots]r(t)=[r0​(t),r1​(t),…] with the same meaning on the purchase side. Its ending stock evolves as

I(t)=I(t−1)+r0(t)−f0(t).I(t) = I(t-1) + r_0(t) - f_0(t).I(t)=I(t−1)+r0​(t)−f0​(t).

The QF contract on the customer side has output parameters αqout≥0\alpha^{out}_q \ge 0αqout​≥0 and 0≤ωqout≤10 \le \omega^{out}_q \le 10≤ωqout​≤1, q≥1q \ge 1q≥1, and the output IR (Incremental Revision) constraints (6):

(1−ωjout) fj(t)≤fj−1(t+1)≤(1+αjout) fj(t),j≥1.(1 - \omega^{out}_j)\, f_j(t) \le f_{j-1}(t+1) \le (1 + \alpha^{out}_j)\, f_j(t), \qquad j \ge 1.(1−ωjout​)fj​(t)≤fj−1​(t+1)≤(1+αjout​)fj​(t),j≥1.

The supplier side has input parameters (αqin,ωqin)(\alpha^{in}_q, \omega^{in}_q)(αqin​,ωqin​) and the analogous constraints (7) on rrr. The cumulative flexibilities (9), (11) are

1+Aj=∏q=1j(1+αq),1−Ωj=∏q=1j(1−ωq),1 + A_j = \prod_{q=1}^{j}(1 + \alpha_q), \qquad 1 - \Omega_j = \prod_{q=1}^{j}(1 - \omega_q),1+Aj​=q=1∏j​(1+αq​),1−Ωj​=q=1∏j​(1−ωq​),

on each side, with A0=Ω0=0A_0 = \Omega_0 = 0A0​=Ω0​=0. The pair of sequences (A,Ω)(A, \Omega)(A,Ω) is the side's flexibility profile.

The node follows the Minimum Commitment (MC) policy (21)–(23). From I(t−1)I(t-1)I(t−1), r(t−1)r(t-1)r(t−1) and f(t)f(t)f(t) it computes, by one recursion on j≥0j \ge 0j≥0, projected inventories lj(t)l_j(t)lj​(t) and the new schedule:

l0(t)=I(t−1),rj(t)=max⁡[(1+Ajout)fj(t)−lj(t)1+Ajin, (1−ωj+1in) rj+1(t−1)],l_0(t) = I(t-1),\qquad r_j(t) = \max\Bigl[\frac{(1 + A^{out}_j) f_j(t) - l_j(t)}{1 + A^{in}_j},\ (1 - \omega^{in}_{j+1})\, r_{j+1}(t-1)\Bigr],l0​(t)=I(t−1),rj​(t)=max[1+Ajin​(1+Ajout​)fj​(t)−lj​(t)​, (1−ωj+1in​)rj+1​(t−1)], lj+1(t)=[lj(t)+(1−Ωjin) rj(t)−(1+Ajout) fj(t)]+.l_{j+1}(t) = \bigl[l_j(t) + (1 - \Omega^{in}_j)\, r_j(t) - (1 + A^{out}_j)\, f_j(t)\bigr]^+.lj+1​(t)=[lj​(t)+(1−Ωjin​)rj​(t)−(1+Ajout​)fj​(t)]+.

The first term of the maximum is the target Tj(t)T_j(t)Tj​(t) of (22): the least supply that covers the largest purchase the customer may still make in period t+jt + jt+j. The second term is the least value the supplier contract allows given last period's schedule.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2

Under the standing assumptions, if (a) the release schedules are nonnegative and obey (6), (b) the node uses the MC policy, (c) I(0)=0I(0) = 0I(0)=0 and the run starts with r(0)=f(0)r(0) = f(0)r(0)=f(0), and (d) Ajout≤AjinA^{out}_j \le A^{in}_jAjout​≤Ajin​ and Ωjout≤Ωjin\Omega^{out}_j \le \Omega^{in}_jΩjout​≤Ωjin​ for all j≥1j \ge 1j≥1, then

I(t)=0for all t.I(t) = 0 \quad \text{for all } t.I(t)=0for all t.

If moreover (Ain,Ωin)=(Aout,Ωout)(A^{in}, \Omega^{in}) = (A^{out}, \Omega^{out})(Ain,Ωin)=(Aout,Ωout) and ωqin<1\omega^{in}_q < 1ωqin​<1 for all qqq, then

rj(t)=fj(t)for all j≥0, t≥1.r_j(t) = f_j(t) \quad \text{for all } j \ge 0,\ t \ge 1.rj​(t)=fj​(t)for all j≥0, t≥1.

Milestones

  1. (8), p. 95: the IR constraints imply the cumulative bounds (1−Ωjout)fj(t)≤f0(t+j)≤(1+Ajout)fj(t)(1 - \Omega^{out}_j) f_j(t) \le f_0(t + j) \le (1 + A^{out}_j) f_j(t)(1−Ωjout​)fj​(t)≤f0​(t+j)≤(1+Ajout​)fj​(t).
  2. Coverage, p. 108: along the MC run, rj(t)≥Tj(t)r_j(t) \ge T_j(t)rj​(t)≥Tj​(t) for every jjj, hence I(t)≥0I(t) \ge 0I(t)≥0.
  3. Inventory is non-increasing, p. 108: under (d), r0(t)≤f0(t)r_0(t) \le f_0(t)r0​(t)≤f0​(t), hence I(t)≤I(t−1)I(t) \le I(t-1)I(t)≤I(t−1).
  4. The vanishing step, p. 108: if lj(t)=0l_j(t) = 0lj​(t)=0 and rj(t)=fj(t)r_j(t) = f_j(t)rj​(t)=fj​(t), then lj+1(t)=0l_{j+1}(t) = 0lj+1​(t)=0.

Significance

Proposition 2 isolates the source of inventory at an intermediate stage of a QF-linked chain: it is the disparity between the node's input and output flexibility, not the volatility of the forecasts themselves. A node supplied at least as flexibly as it serves can meet every contractual obligation with zero stock, and a node with matched flexibility passes every schedule upstream unchanged, acting as a non-distorting conduit of information and material. The paper uses this to argue that supply flexibility beyond the customer's is wasted at the node unless passed downstream (p. 97). Inventory under a flexibility mismatch, where the node amplifies flexibility, is studied numerically in §5 of the paper.

The result has a short proof in the paper, but that proof routes through formula (33), a closed form of the MC schedule as a maximum over all earlier periods, whose proof is omitted and which needs schedules before any starting period. A machine-checked proof must instead argue directly on a run with a definite start. No part of the paper has been formalized before; this mission also produces a reusable formal model of rolling schedules, QF constraints and the MC policy.

Difficulty

The obvious argument shows r0(t)≤f0(t)r_0(t) \le f_0(t)r0​(t)≤f0​(t) from the definition of the MC policy at index 000 alone. That fails: r0(t)r_0(t)r0​(t) is a maximum that includes the carried-over term (1−ω1in) r1(t−1)(1 - \omega^{in}_1)\, r_1(t-1)(1−ω1in​)r1​(t−1), which depends on the whole earlier schedule r(t−1)r(t-1)r(t−1), and that in turn on r(t−2)r(t-2)r(t−2), and so on back to the initial schedule. Bounding r0(t)r_0(t)r0​(t) therefore requires control of every component of every earlier schedule, an invariant over both indices that the paper does not state. The start of the run matters: with an unconstrained initial schedule the claim is false. The equal-flexibility part additionally needs a second induction, on jjj within each period, interleaved with the recursion that defines lj(t)l_j(t)lj​(t) and rj(t)r_j(t)rj​(t).

Formalization scope

Schedules are functions N→R\mathbb N \to \mathbb RN→R indexed by j≥0j \ge 0j≥0; the release schedules are a function f:N→N→Rf : \mathbb N \to \mathbb N \to \mathbb Rf:N→N→R with f t j =fj(t)= f_j(t)=fj​(t). The QF parameters are sequences N→R\mathbb N \to \mathbb RN→R whose value at index 000 is unused. Constraint (6) is stated with the paper's jjj written j+1j + 1j+1. The MC policy is defined literally by (21)–(23), for every j∈Nj \in \mathbb Nj∈N, as one recursion that interleaves lj(t)l_j(t)lj​(t) and rj(t)r_j(t)rj​(t); the run starts from a given state (I(0),r(0))(I(0), r(0))(I(0),r(0)) at period 000 and applies the policy from period 111 on. All values are real.

The standing assumptions of p. 95 (α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0, 0≤ω≤10 \le \omega \le 10≤ω≤1) are hypotheses. Three hypotheses are added to the page's statement and disclosed in each item:

  1. fj(t)≥0f_j(t) \ge 0fj​(t)≥0, implicit in the paper ("all quantities are measured in end-item equivalents") and used by its proof;
  2. the start r(0)=f(0)r(0) = f(0)r(0)=f(0): the paper names no initial schedule, and with a large r1(0)r_1(0)r1​(0) the conclusion fails at t=1t = 1t=1;
  3. ωqin<1\omega^{in}_q < 1ωqin​<1 in the equal-flexibility part only: the paper's proof divides by 1−Ωjin1 - \Omega^{in}_j1−Ωjin​, and with ω=1\omega = 1ω=1 allowed the part is false.

A formalization in which the run sets r(t):=f(t)r(t) := f(t)r(t):=f(t), or in which the MC step drops the carried-over term in (21) or the positive part in (23), would make the goal trivial; the model rules this out by defining the policy exactly as printed. Condition (d) compares the cumulative profiles, not the parameters termwise. Formula (33) and Propositions 1, 3 and 4 are not part of this mission; Proposition 1 (optimality of MC for the open-loop program) is the companion mission.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a proof of the goal through an invariant on (1−Ωjin) rj(t)(1 - \Omega^{in}_j)\, r_j(t)(1−Ωjin​)rj​(t), and lemmas about the MC run reusable for the companion mission.

Selected references

  • A. A. Tsay and W. S. Lovejoy, Quantity Flexibility Contracts and Supply Chain Performance, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 1(2):89–111, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1.2.89
  • A. A. Tsay, The Quantity Flexibility Contract and Supplier–Customer Incentives, Management Science 45(10):1339–1358, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.45.10.1339
  • H. L. Lee, V. Padmanabhan and S. Whang, Information Distortion in a Supply Chain: The Bullwhip Effect, Management Science 43(4):546–558, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.43.4.546
6 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryConvex OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

How Bad is Selfish Routing? 2: With Linear Latency Functions the Cost of a Nash Flow Is at Most 4/3 Times the Optimal CostResearch Paper

Motivation

In a road or communication network, each user picks a route to minimize its own delay, without regard to the delay it imposes on others. The outcome is an equilibrium that is in general not socially optimal: Braess's paradox shows that adding a road can make every user worse off, and Pigou's two-link example shows that selfish users can incur a third more total delay than a central planner would. Transportation science has studied such equilibria since Wardrop (1952) and Beckmann, McGuire and Winsten (1956). The computer-science question of how much is lost, uniformly over all networks, was answered for linear delays by Roughgarden and Tardos in How Bad is Selfish Routing? (FOCS 2000; J. ACM 2002, doi:10.1145/506147.506153). Their bound became the first instance of the price of anarchy for nonatomic routing and the template for a large literature on the inefficiency of equilibria.

Timeline. Wardrop (1952) states the equilibrium principle. Beckmann et al. (1956) and Dafermos–Sparrow (1969) characterize equilibria and optima by convex programs. Koutsoupias and Papadimitriou (1999) introduce the worst-case ratio of equilibrium to optimum. Roughgarden and Tardos (2000/2002) prove the bound 4/34/34/3 for linear latencies, tight by Pigou's example. Roughgarden (2003) and Correa, Schulz and Stier-Moses (2004) extend the analysis to general latency classes.

Setting

A network has finitely many edges eee and finitely many routes PPP; a route is the set of edges it uses, recorded by a 0/10/10/1 incidence. There are kkk commodities; each route serves one commodity iii, and Pi\mathcal P_iPi​ is the set of routes serving iii. Commodity iii has a positive rate rir_iri​. A flow assigns a nonnegative amount fPf_PfP​ to each route; it is feasible for rrr if ∑P∈PifP=ri\sum_{P\in\mathcal P_i}f_P=r_i∑P∈Pi​​fP​=ri​ for every iii. The edge flow is fe=∑P∋efPf_e=\sum_{P\ni e}f_Pfe​=∑P∋e​fP​.

Each edge has a linear latency ℓe(x)=aex+be\ell_e(x)=a_ex+b_eℓe​(x)=ae​x+be​ with ae,be≥0a_e,b_e\ge0ae​,be​≥0. The latency of a route is ℓP(f)=∑e∈Pℓe(fe)\ell_P(f)=\sum_{e\in P}\ell_e(f_e)ℓP​(f)=∑e∈P​ℓe​(fe​), and the cost of a flow is

C(f)=∑PℓP(f) fP=∑eℓe(fe) fe.C(f)=\sum_P\ell_P(f)\,f_P=\sum_e\ell_e(f_e)\,f_e .C(f)=P∑​ℓP​(f)fP​=e∑​ℓe​(fe​)fe​.

A feasible flow is at Nash equilibrium if no small amount of flow on a route P1P_1P1​ can reduce its latency by moving to another route P2P_2P2​ of the same commodity (Definition 2.1); equivalently (Lemma 2.2), every used route of commodity iii has minimum latency among the routes in Pi\mathcal P_iPi​. A flow is optimal if it is feasible and has minimum cost among feasible flows. The marginal cost of edge eee is ℓe∗(x)=(xℓe(x))′=2aex+be\ell^*_e(x)=(x\ell_e(x))'=2a_ex+b_eℓe∗​(x)=(xℓe​(x))′=2ae​x+be​, and Li∗(f∗)=min⁡P∈Pi∑e∈Pℓe∗(fe∗)L^*_i(f^*)=\min_{P\in\mathcal P_i}\sum_{e\in P}\ell^*_e(f^*_e)Li∗​(f∗)=minP∈Pi​​∑e∈P​ℓe∗​(fe∗​).

The Lean development uses the names pathLatency, cost, IsNashFlow, IsOptimalFlow, linLatency, marginalLatency and minMarginalPathCost for these objects.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.5

For every instance with linear latencies ae,be≥0a_e,b_e\ge0ae​,be​≥0, every Nash flow fff and every feasible flow f∗f^*f∗,

C(f)≤43 C(f∗).C(f)\le\tfrac43\,C(f^*).C(f)≤34​C(f∗).

This is the paper's ρ(G,r,ℓ)=C(f)/C(f∗)≤4/3\rho(G,r,\ell)=C(f)/C(f^*)\le4/3ρ(G,r,ℓ)=C(f)/C(f∗)≤4/3, stated without the ratio.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.2: Nash flows are exactly the Wardrop flows (for continuous nondecreasing latencies).
  2. Lemma 2.3: at a Nash flow, C(f)=∑iLi(f) riC(f)=\sum_iL_i(f)\,r_iC(f)=∑i​Li​(f)ri​, with Li(f)L_i(f)Li​(f) the common latency of the used routes of commodity iii.
  3. Lemma 4.1(a), (b): Nash and optimal flows for linear latencies, characterized by ∑e∈P(aefe+be)\sum_{e\in P}(a_ef_e+b_e)∑e∈P​(ae​fe​+be​) and ∑e∈P(2aefe∗+be)\sum_{e\in P}(2a_ef^*_e+b_e)∑e∈P​(2ae​fe∗​+be​) being minimal on used routes.
  4. Corollary 4.2: for ℓe(x)=aex\ell_e(x)=a_exℓe​(x)=ae​x, optimal and Nash flows coincide.
  5. Lemma 4.3: if fff is a Nash flow for rrr then f/2f/2f/2 is optimal for r/2r/2r/2, and ℓP∗(f/2)=ℓP(f)\ell^*_P(f/2)=\ell_P(f)ℓP∗​(f/2)=ℓP​(f).
  6. Lemma 4.4: if f∗f^*f∗ is optimal for rrr and δ>0\delta>0δ>0, every flow feasible for (1+δ)r(1+\delta)r(1+δ)r costs at least C(f∗)+δ∑iLi∗(f∗) riC(f^*)+\delta\sum_iL^*_i(f^*)\,r_iC(f∗)+δ∑i​Li∗​(f∗)ri​.
  7. C(f/2)≥14C(f)C(f/2)\ge\frac14C(f)C(f/2)≥41​C(f) (proof of Theorem 4.5).
  8. Figure 3: in Pigou's network the Nash flow costs 111 and the optimal flow 3/43/43/4, so the constant 4/34/34/3 is attained.

Significance

The bound says that, with linear delays, selfish routing never costs more than 4/34/34/3 times the optimum, independently of the network's size and topology and of the number of commodities. It explains why Braess-type phenomena are bounded in magnitude, and it yields consequences for mechanical networks of strings and springs (Corollary 4.6 of the paper). The inequality C(f)≤43C(f∗)C(f)\le\frac43C(f^*)C(f)≤34​C(f∗) for every feasible f∗f^*f∗ is the basic input to later work on bicriteria bounds, Stackelberg routing, tolls and the general price-of-anarchy framework.

The result is proved in the paper and in textbooks (Nisan et al., Algorithmic Game Theory, ch. 18). No machine-checked proof is known to exist on Prove2Me or in Mathlib. A formalization produces a checked model of nonatomic routing (route flows, Nash and optimal flows) together with the first-order characterization of optimal flows for convex quadratic costs, both of which are reusable for the other results of the paper and for later routing papers.

Difficulty

The equilibrium bound is not a pointwise inequality between the two flows: the Nash flow fff and an arbitrary feasible flow f∗f^*f∗ can use entirely different routes. The step that requires real work is the comparison between an optimal flow for the rates r/2r/2r/2 and an arbitrary flow for the rates rrr (Lemma 4.4), which rests on the characterization of optimal flows of a convex program (Lemma 4.1(b)). That characterization is a Karush–Kuhn–Tucker statement over a polytope of route flows; the paper cites it rather than proving it, and Mathlib has no ready-made version. The naive approach, bounding each edge's cost separately, fails because the two flows load different edges.

Formalization scope

  • Edges, routes and commodities are Fin J, Fin R, Fin Sd. A route is a 0/10/10/1 column A j r of the incidence; the commodity of route r is s r. The paper's simple paths in a directed graph are one instance, so all statements are a disclosed generalization; copies of one path serving two commodities are two routes.
  • Edge flows and feasibility are the published KellyStochasticNetworks.linkFlow and KellyStochasticNetworks.wardropFeasible; the Wardrop condition is KellyStochasticNetworks.IsWardropEquilibrium.
  • All rates are positive (0 < rate i), as on p. 6. Linear latencies have ae,be≥0a_e,b_e\ge0ae​,be​≥0, and only their values at nonnegative arguments matter.
  • Definition 2.1 is formalized for distinct routes P1≠P2P_1\neq P_2P1​=P2​ and 0<δ≤fP10<\delta\le f_{P_1}0<δ≤fP1​​. The literal P1=P2P_1=P_2P1​=P2​ would make Nash flows nonexistent, and the literal δ=0\delta=0δ=0 on an unused P1P_1P1​ would force equal latencies on unused routes; both readings would make the theorems vacuous or false.
  • Lemmas 2.2 and 2.3 are stated for arbitrary latencies that are nonnegative, nondecreasing and continuous on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞); continuity replaces differentiability, as the paper's footnote 3 allows.
  • The ratio ρ\rhoρ is never formed: C(f∗)C(f^*)C(f∗) may be 000 and Lean's division returns 000 there. Every bound is stated as an inequality against every feasible flow.
  • Li∗L^*_iLi∗​ is a minimum over the nonempty finite set of routes serving iii; Li(f)L_i(f)Li​(f) in Lemma 2.3 is stated existentially.
  • A trivializing formalization (a Nash definition no flow satisfies, a ratio with junk denominator, or a single-commodity or parallel-link special case) is ruled out by the choices above; Pigou's flow (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) is checked to satisfy the formal Nash definition.

Needed infrastructure: the edge/route exchange of summation, the first-order optimality conditions for a convex differentiable function on a product of simplices, and the convexity inequality xℓe(x)≥yℓe(y)+(x−y)ℓe∗(y)x\ell_e(x)\ge y\ell_e(y)+(x-y)\ell^*_e(y)xℓe​(x)≥yℓe​(y)+(x−y)ℓe∗​(y). Contributions of a general KKT lemma for separable convex costs on flow polytopes are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • T. Roughgarden and É. Tardos, How Bad is Selfish Routing?, Journal of the ACM 49(2), 236–259, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1145/506147.506153
  • J. G. Wardrop, Some theoretical aspects of road traffic research, Proc. Institution of Civil Engineers, Part II, 1, 325–378, 1952. https://doi.org/10.1680/ipeds.1952.11259
  • M. Beckmann, C. B. McGuire and C. B. Winsten, Studies in the Economics of Transportation, Yale University Press, 1956.
  • S. C. Dafermos and F. T. Sparrow, The traffic assignment problem for a general network, J. Research of the National Bureau of Standards 73B(2), 91–118, 1969. https://doi.org/10.6028/jres.073B.010
  • E. Koutsoupias and C. Papadimitriou, Worst-case equilibria, STACS 1999, LNCS 1563, 404–413. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-49116-3_38
  • T. Roughgarden, The price of anarchy is independent of the network topology, J. Computer and System Sciences 67(2), 341–364, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-0000(03)00044-8
15 thms3 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 7 of 36Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me